| File: | clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp |
| Warning: | line 3711, column 9 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
| 1 | //===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading -------------------------------===// | ||||||||
| 2 | // | ||||||||
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||||||
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||||||
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||||||
| 6 | // | ||||||||
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||
| 8 | // | ||||||||
| 9 | // This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading. | ||||||||
| 10 | // | ||||||||
| 11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||
| 12 | |||||||||
| 13 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | ||||||||
| 14 | #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" | ||||||||
| 15 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | ||||||||
| 16 | #include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h" | ||||||||
| 17 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" | ||||||||
| 18 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" | ||||||||
| 19 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" | ||||||||
| 20 | #include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h" | ||||||||
| 21 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" | ||||||||
| 22 | #include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticOptions.h" | ||||||||
| 23 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" | ||||||||
| 24 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" | ||||||||
| 25 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | ||||||||
| 26 | #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" | ||||||||
| 27 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" | ||||||||
| 28 | #include "clang/Sema/Overload.h" | ||||||||
| 29 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | ||||||||
| 30 | #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" | ||||||||
| 31 | #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" | ||||||||
| 32 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h" | ||||||||
| 33 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" | ||||||||
| 34 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" | ||||||||
| 35 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" | ||||||||
| 36 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" | ||||||||
| 37 | #include <algorithm> | ||||||||
| 38 | #include <cstdlib> | ||||||||
| 39 | |||||||||
| 40 | using namespace clang; | ||||||||
| 41 | using namespace sema; | ||||||||
| 42 | |||||||||
| 43 | using AllowedExplicit = Sema::AllowedExplicit; | ||||||||
| 44 | |||||||||
| 45 | static bool functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||||
| 46 | return llvm::any_of(FD->parameters(), [](const ParmVarDecl *P) { | ||||||||
| 47 | return P->hasAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); | ||||||||
| 48 | }); | ||||||||
| 49 | } | ||||||||
| 50 | |||||||||
| 51 | /// A convenience routine for creating a decayed reference to a function. | ||||||||
| 52 | static ExprResult | ||||||||
| 53 | CreateFunctionRefExpr(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Fn, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, | ||||||||
| 54 | const Expr *Base, bool HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||||
| 55 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
| 56 | const DeclarationNameLoc &LocInfo = DeclarationNameLoc()){ | ||||||||
| 57 | if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(FoundDecl, Loc)) | ||||||||
| 58 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 59 | // If FoundDecl is different from Fn (such as if one is a template | ||||||||
| 60 | // and the other a specialization), make sure DiagnoseUseOfDecl is | ||||||||
| 61 | // called on both. | ||||||||
| 62 | // FIXME: This would be more comprehensively addressed by modifying | ||||||||
| 63 | // DiagnoseUseOfDecl to accept both the FoundDecl and the decl | ||||||||
| 64 | // being used. | ||||||||
| 65 | if (FoundDecl != Fn && S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, Loc)) | ||||||||
| 66 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 67 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = new (S.Context) | ||||||||
| 68 | DeclRefExpr(S.Context, Fn, false, Fn->getType(), VK_LValue, Loc, LocInfo); | ||||||||
| 69 | if (HadMultipleCandidates) | ||||||||
| 70 | DRE->setHadMultipleCandidates(true); | ||||||||
| 71 | |||||||||
| 72 | S.MarkDeclRefReferenced(DRE, Base); | ||||||||
| 73 | if (auto *FPT = DRE->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | ||||||||
| 74 | if (isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType())) { | ||||||||
| 75 | S.ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT); | ||||||||
| 76 | DRE->setType(Fn->getType()); | ||||||||
| 77 | } | ||||||||
| 78 | } | ||||||||
| 79 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(DRE, S.Context.getPointerType(DRE->getType()), | ||||||||
| 80 | CK_FunctionToPointerDecay); | ||||||||
| 81 | } | ||||||||
| 82 | |||||||||
| 83 | static bool IsStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 84 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
| 85 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||||
| 86 | bool CStyle, | ||||||||
| 87 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||||
| 88 | |||||||||
| 89 | static bool IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, | ||||||||
| 90 | QualType &ToType, | ||||||||
| 91 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
| 92 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||||
| 93 | bool CStyle); | ||||||||
| 94 | static OverloadingResult | ||||||||
| 95 | IsUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 96 | UserDefinedConversionSequence& User, | ||||||||
| 97 | OverloadCandidateSet& Conversions, | ||||||||
| 98 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||||
| 99 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit); | ||||||||
| 100 | |||||||||
| 101 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
| 102 | CompareStandardConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
| 103 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||||
| 104 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2); | ||||||||
| 105 | |||||||||
| 106 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
| 107 | CompareQualificationConversions(Sema &S, | ||||||||
| 108 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||||
| 109 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2); | ||||||||
| 110 | |||||||||
| 111 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
| 112 | CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
| 113 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||||
| 114 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2); | ||||||||
| 115 | |||||||||
| 116 | /// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank | ||||||||
| 117 | /// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind. | ||||||||
| 118 | ImplicitConversionRank clang::GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) { | ||||||||
| 119 | static const ImplicitConversionRank | ||||||||
| 120 | Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = { | ||||||||
| 121 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||||
| 122 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||||
| 123 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||||
| 124 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||||
| 125 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||||
| 126 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||||
| 127 | ICR_Promotion, | ||||||||
| 128 | ICR_Promotion, | ||||||||
| 129 | ICR_Promotion, | ||||||||
| 130 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
| 131 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
| 132 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
| 133 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
| 134 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
| 135 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
| 136 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
| 137 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
| 138 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
| 139 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
| 140 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
| 141 | ICR_OCL_Scalar_Widening, | ||||||||
| 142 | ICR_Complex_Real_Conversion, | ||||||||
| 143 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
| 144 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
| 145 | ICR_Writeback_Conversion, | ||||||||
| 146 | ICR_Exact_Match, // NOTE(gbiv): This may not be completely right -- | ||||||||
| 147 | // it was omitted by the patch that added | ||||||||
| 148 | // ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion | ||||||||
| 149 | ICR_C_Conversion, | ||||||||
| 150 | ICR_C_Conversion_Extension | ||||||||
| 151 | }; | ||||||||
| 152 | return Rank[(int)Kind]; | ||||||||
| 153 | } | ||||||||
| 154 | |||||||||
| 155 | /// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of | ||||||||
| 156 | /// implicit conversion. | ||||||||
| 157 | static const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) { | ||||||||
| 158 | static const char* const Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = { | ||||||||
| 159 | "No conversion", | ||||||||
| 160 | "Lvalue-to-rvalue", | ||||||||
| 161 | "Array-to-pointer", | ||||||||
| 162 | "Function-to-pointer", | ||||||||
| 163 | "Function pointer conversion", | ||||||||
| 164 | "Qualification", | ||||||||
| 165 | "Integral promotion", | ||||||||
| 166 | "Floating point promotion", | ||||||||
| 167 | "Complex promotion", | ||||||||
| 168 | "Integral conversion", | ||||||||
| 169 | "Floating conversion", | ||||||||
| 170 | "Complex conversion", | ||||||||
| 171 | "Floating-integral conversion", | ||||||||
| 172 | "Pointer conversion", | ||||||||
| 173 | "Pointer-to-member conversion", | ||||||||
| 174 | "Boolean conversion", | ||||||||
| 175 | "Compatible-types conversion", | ||||||||
| 176 | "Derived-to-base conversion", | ||||||||
| 177 | "Vector conversion", | ||||||||
| 178 | "SVE Vector conversion", | ||||||||
| 179 | "Vector splat", | ||||||||
| 180 | "Complex-real conversion", | ||||||||
| 181 | "Block Pointer conversion", | ||||||||
| 182 | "Transparent Union Conversion", | ||||||||
| 183 | "Writeback conversion", | ||||||||
| 184 | "OpenCL Zero Event Conversion", | ||||||||
| 185 | "C specific type conversion", | ||||||||
| 186 | "Incompatible pointer conversion" | ||||||||
| 187 | }; | ||||||||
| 188 | return Name[Kind]; | ||||||||
| 189 | } | ||||||||
| 190 | |||||||||
| 191 | /// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion | ||||||||
| 192 | /// sequence to the identity conversion. | ||||||||
| 193 | void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() { | ||||||||
| 194 | First = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
| 195 | Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
| 196 | Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
| 197 | DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false; | ||||||||
| 198 | QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = false; | ||||||||
| 199 | ReferenceBinding = false; | ||||||||
| 200 | DirectBinding = false; | ||||||||
| 201 | IsLvalueReference = true; | ||||||||
| 202 | BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||||
| 203 | BindsToRvalue = false; | ||||||||
| 204 | BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||||
| 205 | ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||||||
| 206 | CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 207 | } | ||||||||
| 208 | |||||||||
| 209 | /// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence | ||||||||
| 210 | /// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the | ||||||||
| 211 | /// implicit conversions. | ||||||||
| 212 | ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const { | ||||||||
| 213 | ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match; | ||||||||
| 214 | if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank) | ||||||||
| 215 | Rank = GetConversionRank(First); | ||||||||
| 216 | if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank) | ||||||||
| 217 | Rank = GetConversionRank(Second); | ||||||||
| 218 | if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank) | ||||||||
| 219 | Rank = GetConversionRank(Third); | ||||||||
| 220 | return Rank; | ||||||||
| 221 | } | ||||||||
| 222 | |||||||||
| 223 | /// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is | ||||||||
| 224 | /// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is | ||||||||
| 225 | /// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences | ||||||||
| 226 | /// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4). | ||||||||
| 227 | bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const { | ||||||||
| 228 | // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the | ||||||||
| 229 | // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so | ||||||||
| 230 | // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is | ||||||||
| 231 | // a pointer. | ||||||||
| 232 | if (getToType(1)->isBooleanType() && | ||||||||
| 233 | (getFromType()->isPointerType() || | ||||||||
| 234 | getFromType()->isMemberPointerType() || | ||||||||
| 235 | getFromType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | ||||||||
| 236 | getFromType()->isBlockPointerType() || | ||||||||
| 237 | First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer)) | ||||||||
| 238 | return true; | ||||||||
| 239 | |||||||||
| 240 | return false; | ||||||||
| 241 | } | ||||||||
| 242 | |||||||||
| 243 | /// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this | ||||||||
| 244 | /// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is | ||||||||
| 245 | /// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++ | ||||||||
| 246 | /// 13.3.3.2p4). | ||||||||
| 247 | bool | ||||||||
| 248 | StandardConversionSequence:: | ||||||||
| 249 | isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const { | ||||||||
| 250 | QualType FromType = getFromType(); | ||||||||
| 251 | QualType ToType = getToType(1); | ||||||||
| 252 | |||||||||
| 253 | // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the | ||||||||
| 254 | // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence | ||||||||
| 255 | // and redo the conversion to get a pointer. | ||||||||
| 256 | if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||||
| 257 | FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); | ||||||||
| 258 | |||||||||
| 259 | if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && FromType->isAnyPointerType()) | ||||||||
| 260 | if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
| 261 | return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType(); | ||||||||
| 262 | |||||||||
| 263 | return false; | ||||||||
| 264 | } | ||||||||
| 265 | |||||||||
| 266 | /// Skip any implicit casts which could be either part of a narrowing conversion | ||||||||
| 267 | /// or after one in an implicit conversion. | ||||||||
| 268 | static const Expr *IgnoreNarrowingConversion(ASTContext &Ctx, | ||||||||
| 269 | const Expr *Converted) { | ||||||||
| 270 | // We can have cleanups wrapping the converted expression; these need to be | ||||||||
| 271 | // preserved so that destructors run if necessary. | ||||||||
| 272 | if (auto *EWC = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Converted)) { | ||||||||
| 273 | Expr *Inner = | ||||||||
| 274 | const_cast<Expr *>(IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, EWC->getSubExpr())); | ||||||||
| 275 | return ExprWithCleanups::Create(Ctx, Inner, EWC->cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), | ||||||||
| 276 | EWC->getObjects()); | ||||||||
| 277 | } | ||||||||
| 278 | |||||||||
| 279 | while (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Converted)) { | ||||||||
| 280 | switch (ICE->getCastKind()) { | ||||||||
| 281 | case CK_NoOp: | ||||||||
| 282 | case CK_IntegralCast: | ||||||||
| 283 | case CK_IntegralToBoolean: | ||||||||
| 284 | case CK_IntegralToFloating: | ||||||||
| 285 | case CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral: | ||||||||
| 286 | case CK_FloatingToIntegral: | ||||||||
| 287 | case CK_FloatingToBoolean: | ||||||||
| 288 | case CK_FloatingCast: | ||||||||
| 289 | Converted = ICE->getSubExpr(); | ||||||||
| 290 | continue; | ||||||||
| 291 | |||||||||
| 292 | default: | ||||||||
| 293 | return Converted; | ||||||||
| 294 | } | ||||||||
| 295 | } | ||||||||
| 296 | |||||||||
| 297 | return Converted; | ||||||||
| 298 | } | ||||||||
| 299 | |||||||||
| 300 | /// Check if this standard conversion sequence represents a narrowing | ||||||||
| 301 | /// conversion, according to C++11 [dcl.init.list]p7. | ||||||||
| 302 | /// | ||||||||
| 303 | /// \param Ctx The AST context. | ||||||||
| 304 | /// \param Converted The result of applying this standard conversion sequence. | ||||||||
| 305 | /// \param ConstantValue If this is an NK_Constant_Narrowing conversion, the | ||||||||
| 306 | /// value of the expression prior to the narrowing conversion. | ||||||||
| 307 | /// \param ConstantType If this is an NK_Constant_Narrowing conversion, the | ||||||||
| 308 | /// type of the expression prior to the narrowing conversion. | ||||||||
| 309 | /// \param IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion If true type-narrowing conversions | ||||||||
| 310 | /// from floating point types to integral types should be ignored. | ||||||||
| 311 | NarrowingKind StandardConversionSequence::getNarrowingKind( | ||||||||
| 312 | ASTContext &Ctx, const Expr *Converted, APValue &ConstantValue, | ||||||||
| 313 | QualType &ConstantType, bool IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion) const { | ||||||||
| 314 | assert(Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "narrowing check outside C++")((Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "narrowing check outside C++" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && \"narrowing check outside C++\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 314, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 315 | |||||||||
| 316 | // C++11 [dcl.init.list]p7: | ||||||||
| 317 | // A narrowing conversion is an implicit conversion ... | ||||||||
| 318 | QualType FromType = getToType(0); | ||||||||
| 319 | QualType ToType = getToType(1); | ||||||||
| 320 | |||||||||
| 321 | // A conversion to an enumeration type is narrowing if the conversion to | ||||||||
| 322 | // the underlying type is narrowing. This only arises for expressions of | ||||||||
| 323 | // the form 'Enum{init}'. | ||||||||
| 324 | if (auto *ET = ToType->getAs<EnumType>()) | ||||||||
| 325 | ToType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); | ||||||||
| 326 | |||||||||
| 327 | switch (Second) { | ||||||||
| 328 | // 'bool' is an integral type; dispatch to the right place to handle it. | ||||||||
| 329 | case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: | ||||||||
| 330 | if (FromType->isRealFloatingType()) | ||||||||
| 331 | goto FloatingIntegralConversion; | ||||||||
| 332 | if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) | ||||||||
| 333 | goto IntegralConversion; | ||||||||
| 334 | // -- from a pointer type or pointer-to-member type to bool, or | ||||||||
| 335 | return NK_Type_Narrowing; | ||||||||
| 336 | |||||||||
| 337 | // -- from a floating-point type to an integer type, or | ||||||||
| 338 | // | ||||||||
| 339 | // -- from an integer type or unscoped enumeration type to a floating-point | ||||||||
| 340 | // type, except where the source is a constant expression and the actual | ||||||||
| 341 | // value after conversion will fit into the target type and will produce | ||||||||
| 342 | // the original value when converted back to the original type, or | ||||||||
| 343 | case ICK_Floating_Integral: | ||||||||
| 344 | FloatingIntegralConversion: | ||||||||
| 345 | if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isIntegralType(Ctx)) { | ||||||||
| 346 | return NK_Type_Narrowing; | ||||||||
| 347 | } else if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||||||
| 348 | ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||||||
| 349 | if (IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion) | ||||||||
| 350 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||||
| 351 | const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, Converted); | ||||||||
| 352 | assert(Initializer && "Unknown conversion expression")((Initializer && "Unknown conversion expression") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Initializer && \"Unknown conversion expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 352, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 353 | |||||||||
| 354 | // If it's value-dependent, we can't tell whether it's narrowing. | ||||||||
| 355 | if (Initializer->isValueDependent()) | ||||||||
| 356 | return NK_Dependent_Narrowing; | ||||||||
| 357 | |||||||||
| 358 | if (Optional<llvm::APSInt> IntConstantValue = | ||||||||
| 359 | Initializer->getIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx)) { | ||||||||
| 360 | // Convert the integer to the floating type. | ||||||||
| 361 | llvm::APFloat Result(Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType)); | ||||||||
| 362 | Result.convertFromAPInt(*IntConstantValue, IntConstantValue->isSigned(), | ||||||||
| 363 | llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven); | ||||||||
| 364 | // And back. | ||||||||
| 365 | llvm::APSInt ConvertedValue = *IntConstantValue; | ||||||||
| 366 | bool ignored; | ||||||||
| 367 | Result.convertToInteger(ConvertedValue, | ||||||||
| 368 | llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, &ignored); | ||||||||
| 369 | // If the resulting value is different, this was a narrowing conversion. | ||||||||
| 370 | if (*IntConstantValue != ConvertedValue) { | ||||||||
| 371 | ConstantValue = APValue(*IntConstantValue); | ||||||||
| 372 | ConstantType = Initializer->getType(); | ||||||||
| 373 | return NK_Constant_Narrowing; | ||||||||
| 374 | } | ||||||||
| 375 | } else { | ||||||||
| 376 | // Variables are always narrowings. | ||||||||
| 377 | return NK_Variable_Narrowing; | ||||||||
| 378 | } | ||||||||
| 379 | } | ||||||||
| 380 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||||
| 381 | |||||||||
| 382 | // -- from long double to double or float, or from double to float, except | ||||||||
| 383 | // where the source is a constant expression and the actual value after | ||||||||
| 384 | // conversion is within the range of values that can be represented (even | ||||||||
| 385 | // if it cannot be represented exactly), or | ||||||||
| 386 | case ICK_Floating_Conversion: | ||||||||
| 387 | if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isRealFloatingType() && | ||||||||
| 388 | Ctx.getFloatingTypeOrder(FromType, ToType) == 1) { | ||||||||
| 389 | // FromType is larger than ToType. | ||||||||
| 390 | const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, Converted); | ||||||||
| 391 | |||||||||
| 392 | // If it's value-dependent, we can't tell whether it's narrowing. | ||||||||
| 393 | if (Initializer->isValueDependent()) | ||||||||
| 394 | return NK_Dependent_Narrowing; | ||||||||
| 395 | |||||||||
| 396 | if (Initializer->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Ctx, &ConstantValue)) { | ||||||||
| 397 | // Constant! | ||||||||
| 398 | assert(ConstantValue.isFloat())((ConstantValue.isFloat()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ConstantValue.isFloat()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 398, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 399 | llvm::APFloat FloatVal = ConstantValue.getFloat(); | ||||||||
| 400 | // Convert the source value into the target type. | ||||||||
| 401 | bool ignored; | ||||||||
| 402 | llvm::APFloat::opStatus ConvertStatus = FloatVal.convert( | ||||||||
| 403 | Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType), | ||||||||
| 404 | llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored); | ||||||||
| 405 | // If there was no overflow, the source value is within the range of | ||||||||
| 406 | // values that can be represented. | ||||||||
| 407 | if (ConvertStatus & llvm::APFloat::opOverflow) { | ||||||||
| 408 | ConstantType = Initializer->getType(); | ||||||||
| 409 | return NK_Constant_Narrowing; | ||||||||
| 410 | } | ||||||||
| 411 | } else { | ||||||||
| 412 | return NK_Variable_Narrowing; | ||||||||
| 413 | } | ||||||||
| 414 | } | ||||||||
| 415 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||||
| 416 | |||||||||
| 417 | // -- from an integer type or unscoped enumeration type to an integer type | ||||||||
| 418 | // that cannot represent all the values of the original type, except where | ||||||||
| 419 | // the source is a constant expression and the actual value after | ||||||||
| 420 | // conversion will fit into the target type and will produce the original | ||||||||
| 421 | // value when converted back to the original type. | ||||||||
| 422 | case ICK_Integral_Conversion: | ||||||||
| 423 | IntegralConversion: { | ||||||||
| 424 | assert(FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())((FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 424, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 425 | assert(ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())((ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 425, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 426 | const bool FromSigned = FromType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); | ||||||||
| 427 | const unsigned FromWidth = Ctx.getIntWidth(FromType); | ||||||||
| 428 | const bool ToSigned = ToType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); | ||||||||
| 429 | const unsigned ToWidth = Ctx.getIntWidth(ToType); | ||||||||
| 430 | |||||||||
| 431 | if (FromWidth > ToWidth || | ||||||||
| 432 | (FromWidth == ToWidth && FromSigned != ToSigned) || | ||||||||
| 433 | (FromSigned && !ToSigned)) { | ||||||||
| 434 | // Not all values of FromType can be represented in ToType. | ||||||||
| 435 | const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, Converted); | ||||||||
| 436 | |||||||||
| 437 | // If it's value-dependent, we can't tell whether it's narrowing. | ||||||||
| 438 | if (Initializer->isValueDependent()) | ||||||||
| 439 | return NK_Dependent_Narrowing; | ||||||||
| 440 | |||||||||
| 441 | Optional<llvm::APSInt> OptInitializerValue; | ||||||||
| 442 | if (!(OptInitializerValue = Initializer->getIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx))) { | ||||||||
| 443 | // Such conversions on variables are always narrowing. | ||||||||
| 444 | return NK_Variable_Narrowing; | ||||||||
| 445 | } | ||||||||
| 446 | llvm::APSInt &InitializerValue = *OptInitializerValue; | ||||||||
| 447 | bool Narrowing = false; | ||||||||
| 448 | if (FromWidth < ToWidth) { | ||||||||
| 449 | // Negative -> unsigned is narrowing. Otherwise, more bits is never | ||||||||
| 450 | // narrowing. | ||||||||
| 451 | if (InitializerValue.isSigned() && InitializerValue.isNegative()) | ||||||||
| 452 | Narrowing = true; | ||||||||
| 453 | } else { | ||||||||
| 454 | // Add a bit to the InitializerValue so we don't have to worry about | ||||||||
| 455 | // signed vs. unsigned comparisons. | ||||||||
| 456 | InitializerValue = InitializerValue.extend( | ||||||||
| 457 | InitializerValue.getBitWidth() + 1); | ||||||||
| 458 | // Convert the initializer to and from the target width and signed-ness. | ||||||||
| 459 | llvm::APSInt ConvertedValue = InitializerValue; | ||||||||
| 460 | ConvertedValue = ConvertedValue.trunc(ToWidth); | ||||||||
| 461 | ConvertedValue.setIsSigned(ToSigned); | ||||||||
| 462 | ConvertedValue = ConvertedValue.extend(InitializerValue.getBitWidth()); | ||||||||
| 463 | ConvertedValue.setIsSigned(InitializerValue.isSigned()); | ||||||||
| 464 | // If the result is different, this was a narrowing conversion. | ||||||||
| 465 | if (ConvertedValue != InitializerValue) | ||||||||
| 466 | Narrowing = true; | ||||||||
| 467 | } | ||||||||
| 468 | if (Narrowing) { | ||||||||
| 469 | ConstantType = Initializer->getType(); | ||||||||
| 470 | ConstantValue = APValue(InitializerValue); | ||||||||
| 471 | return NK_Constant_Narrowing; | ||||||||
| 472 | } | ||||||||
| 473 | } | ||||||||
| 474 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||||
| 475 | } | ||||||||
| 476 | |||||||||
| 477 | default: | ||||||||
| 478 | // Other kinds of conversions are not narrowings. | ||||||||
| 479 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||||
| 480 | } | ||||||||
| 481 | } | ||||||||
| 482 | |||||||||
| 483 | /// dump - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard | ||||||||
| 484 | /// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues. | ||||||||
| 485 | LLVM_DUMP_METHOD__attribute__((noinline)) __attribute__((__used__)) void StandardConversionSequence::dump() const { | ||||||||
| 486 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); | ||||||||
| 487 | bool PrintedSomething = false; | ||||||||
| 488 | if (First != ICK_Identity) { | ||||||||
| 489 | OS << GetImplicitConversionName(First); | ||||||||
| 490 | PrintedSomething = true; | ||||||||
| 491 | } | ||||||||
| 492 | |||||||||
| 493 | if (Second != ICK_Identity) { | ||||||||
| 494 | if (PrintedSomething) { | ||||||||
| 495 | OS << " -> "; | ||||||||
| 496 | } | ||||||||
| 497 | OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Second); | ||||||||
| 498 | |||||||||
| 499 | if (CopyConstructor) { | ||||||||
| 500 | OS << " (by copy constructor)"; | ||||||||
| 501 | } else if (DirectBinding) { | ||||||||
| 502 | OS << " (direct reference binding)"; | ||||||||
| 503 | } else if (ReferenceBinding) { | ||||||||
| 504 | OS << " (reference binding)"; | ||||||||
| 505 | } | ||||||||
| 506 | PrintedSomething = true; | ||||||||
| 507 | } | ||||||||
| 508 | |||||||||
| 509 | if (Third != ICK_Identity) { | ||||||||
| 510 | if (PrintedSomething) { | ||||||||
| 511 | OS << " -> "; | ||||||||
| 512 | } | ||||||||
| 513 | OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Third); | ||||||||
| 514 | PrintedSomething = true; | ||||||||
| 515 | } | ||||||||
| 516 | |||||||||
| 517 | if (!PrintedSomething) { | ||||||||
| 518 | OS << "No conversions required"; | ||||||||
| 519 | } | ||||||||
| 520 | } | ||||||||
| 521 | |||||||||
| 522 | /// dump - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard | ||||||||
| 523 | /// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues. | ||||||||
| 524 | void UserDefinedConversionSequence::dump() const { | ||||||||
| 525 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); | ||||||||
| 526 | if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) { | ||||||||
| 527 | Before.dump(); | ||||||||
| 528 | OS << " -> "; | ||||||||
| 529 | } | ||||||||
| 530 | if (ConversionFunction) | ||||||||
| 531 | OS << '\'' << *ConversionFunction << '\''; | ||||||||
| 532 | else | ||||||||
| 533 | OS << "aggregate initialization"; | ||||||||
| 534 | if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) { | ||||||||
| 535 | OS << " -> "; | ||||||||
| 536 | After.dump(); | ||||||||
| 537 | } | ||||||||
| 538 | } | ||||||||
| 539 | |||||||||
| 540 | /// dump - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard | ||||||||
| 541 | /// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues. | ||||||||
| 542 | void ImplicitConversionSequence::dump() const { | ||||||||
| 543 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); | ||||||||
| 544 | if (isStdInitializerListElement()) | ||||||||
| 545 | OS << "Worst std::initializer_list element conversion: "; | ||||||||
| 546 | switch (ConversionKind) { | ||||||||
| 547 | case StandardConversion: | ||||||||
| 548 | OS << "Standard conversion: "; | ||||||||
| 549 | Standard.dump(); | ||||||||
| 550 | break; | ||||||||
| 551 | case UserDefinedConversion: | ||||||||
| 552 | OS << "User-defined conversion: "; | ||||||||
| 553 | UserDefined.dump(); | ||||||||
| 554 | break; | ||||||||
| 555 | case EllipsisConversion: | ||||||||
| 556 | OS << "Ellipsis conversion"; | ||||||||
| 557 | break; | ||||||||
| 558 | case AmbiguousConversion: | ||||||||
| 559 | OS << "Ambiguous conversion"; | ||||||||
| 560 | break; | ||||||||
| 561 | case BadConversion: | ||||||||
| 562 | OS << "Bad conversion"; | ||||||||
| 563 | break; | ||||||||
| 564 | } | ||||||||
| 565 | |||||||||
| 566 | OS << "\n"; | ||||||||
| 567 | } | ||||||||
| 568 | |||||||||
| 569 | void AmbiguousConversionSequence::construct() { | ||||||||
| 570 | new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(); | ||||||||
| 571 | } | ||||||||
| 572 | |||||||||
| 573 | void AmbiguousConversionSequence::destruct() { | ||||||||
| 574 | conversions().~ConversionSet(); | ||||||||
| 575 | } | ||||||||
| 576 | |||||||||
| 577 | void | ||||||||
| 578 | AmbiguousConversionSequence::copyFrom(const AmbiguousConversionSequence &O) { | ||||||||
| 579 | FromTypePtr = O.FromTypePtr; | ||||||||
| 580 | ToTypePtr = O.ToTypePtr; | ||||||||
| 581 | new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(O.conversions()); | ||||||||
| 582 | } | ||||||||
| 583 | |||||||||
| 584 | namespace { | ||||||||
| 585 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store | ||||||||
| 586 | // template argument information. | ||||||||
| 587 | struct DFIArguments { | ||||||||
| 588 | TemplateArgument FirstArg; | ||||||||
| 589 | TemplateArgument SecondArg; | ||||||||
| 590 | }; | ||||||||
| 591 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store | ||||||||
| 592 | // template parameter and template argument information. | ||||||||
| 593 | struct DFIParamWithArguments : DFIArguments { | ||||||||
| 594 | TemplateParameter Param; | ||||||||
| 595 | }; | ||||||||
| 596 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store template argument | ||||||||
| 597 | // information and the index of the problematic call argument. | ||||||||
| 598 | struct DFIDeducedMismatchArgs : DFIArguments { | ||||||||
| 599 | TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs; | ||||||||
| 600 | unsigned CallArgIndex; | ||||||||
| 601 | }; | ||||||||
| 602 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store information about | ||||||||
| 603 | // unsatisfied constraints. | ||||||||
| 604 | struct CNSInfo { | ||||||||
| 605 | TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs; | ||||||||
| 606 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||||||
| 607 | }; | ||||||||
| 608 | } | ||||||||
| 609 | |||||||||
| 610 | /// Convert from Sema's representation of template deduction information | ||||||||
| 611 | /// to the form used in overload-candidate information. | ||||||||
| 612 | DeductionFailureInfo | ||||||||
| 613 | clang::MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
| 614 | Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, | ||||||||
| 615 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info) { | ||||||||
| 616 | DeductionFailureInfo Result; | ||||||||
| 617 | Result.Result = static_cast<unsigned>(TDK); | ||||||||
| 618 | Result.HasDiagnostic = false; | ||||||||
| 619 | switch (TDK) { | ||||||||
| 620 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||||
| 621 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||||
| 622 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||||
| 623 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||||
| 624 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||||
| 625 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||||
| 626 | Result.Data = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 627 | break; | ||||||||
| 628 | |||||||||
| 629 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||||
| 630 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||||
| 631 | Result.Data = Info.Param.getOpaqueValue(); | ||||||||
| 632 | break; | ||||||||
| 633 | |||||||||
| 634 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
| 635 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: { | ||||||||
| 636 | // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later. | ||||||||
| 637 | auto *Saved = new (Context) DFIDeducedMismatchArgs; | ||||||||
| 638 | Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg; | ||||||||
| 639 | Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg; | ||||||||
| 640 | Saved->TemplateArgs = Info.take(); | ||||||||
| 641 | Saved->CallArgIndex = Info.CallArgIndex; | ||||||||
| 642 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||||||
| 643 | break; | ||||||||
| 644 | } | ||||||||
| 645 | |||||||||
| 646 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: { | ||||||||
| 647 | // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later. | ||||||||
| 648 | DFIArguments *Saved = new (Context) DFIArguments; | ||||||||
| 649 | Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg; | ||||||||
| 650 | Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg; | ||||||||
| 651 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||||||
| 652 | break; | ||||||||
| 653 | } | ||||||||
| 654 | |||||||||
| 655 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||||
| 656 | // FIXME: It's slightly wasteful to allocate two TemplateArguments for this. | ||||||||
| 657 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||||
| 658 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: { | ||||||||
| 659 | // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later. | ||||||||
| 660 | DFIParamWithArguments *Saved = new (Context) DFIParamWithArguments; | ||||||||
| 661 | Saved->Param = Info.Param; | ||||||||
| 662 | Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg; | ||||||||
| 663 | Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg; | ||||||||
| 664 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||||||
| 665 | break; | ||||||||
| 666 | } | ||||||||
| 667 | |||||||||
| 668 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||||
| 669 | Result.Data = Info.take(); | ||||||||
| 670 | if (Info.hasSFINAEDiagnostic()) { | ||||||||
| 671 | PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = new (Result.Diagnostic) PartialDiagnosticAt( | ||||||||
| 672 | SourceLocation(), PartialDiagnostic::NullDiagnostic()); | ||||||||
| 673 | Info.takeSFINAEDiagnostic(*Diag); | ||||||||
| 674 | Result.HasDiagnostic = true; | ||||||||
| 675 | } | ||||||||
| 676 | break; | ||||||||
| 677 | |||||||||
| 678 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: { | ||||||||
| 679 | CNSInfo *Saved = new (Context) CNSInfo; | ||||||||
| 680 | Saved->TemplateArgs = Info.take(); | ||||||||
| 681 | Saved->Satisfaction = Info.AssociatedConstraintsSatisfaction; | ||||||||
| 682 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||||||
| 683 | break; | ||||||||
| 684 | } | ||||||||
| 685 | |||||||||
| 686 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||||
| 687 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||||
| 688 | llvm_unreachable("not a deduction failure")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("not a deduction failure", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 688); | ||||||||
| 689 | } | ||||||||
| 690 | |||||||||
| 691 | return Result; | ||||||||
| 692 | } | ||||||||
| 693 | |||||||||
| 694 | void DeductionFailureInfo::Destroy() { | ||||||||
| 695 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||||
| 696 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||||
| 697 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||||
| 698 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||||
| 699 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||||
| 700 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||||
| 701 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||||
| 702 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||||
| 703 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||||
| 704 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||||
| 705 | break; | ||||||||
| 706 | |||||||||
| 707 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||||
| 708 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||||
| 709 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||||
| 710 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
| 711 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||||
| 712 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
| 713 | // FIXME: Destroy the data? | ||||||||
| 714 | Data = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 715 | break; | ||||||||
| 716 | |||||||||
| 717 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||||
| 718 | // FIXME: Destroy the template argument list? | ||||||||
| 719 | Data = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 720 | if (PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = getSFINAEDiagnostic()) { | ||||||||
| 721 | Diag->~PartialDiagnosticAt(); | ||||||||
| 722 | HasDiagnostic = false; | ||||||||
| 723 | } | ||||||||
| 724 | break; | ||||||||
| 725 | |||||||||
| 726 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||||
| 727 | // FIXME: Destroy the template argument list? | ||||||||
| 728 | Data = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 729 | if (PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = getSFINAEDiagnostic()) { | ||||||||
| 730 | Diag->~PartialDiagnosticAt(); | ||||||||
| 731 | HasDiagnostic = false; | ||||||||
| 732 | } | ||||||||
| 733 | break; | ||||||||
| 734 | |||||||||
| 735 | // Unhandled | ||||||||
| 736 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||||
| 737 | break; | ||||||||
| 738 | } | ||||||||
| 739 | } | ||||||||
| 740 | |||||||||
| 741 | PartialDiagnosticAt *DeductionFailureInfo::getSFINAEDiagnostic() { | ||||||||
| 742 | if (HasDiagnostic) | ||||||||
| 743 | return static_cast<PartialDiagnosticAt*>(static_cast<void*>(Diagnostic)); | ||||||||
| 744 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 745 | } | ||||||||
| 746 | |||||||||
| 747 | TemplateParameter DeductionFailureInfo::getTemplateParameter() { | ||||||||
| 748 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||||
| 749 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||||
| 750 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||||
| 751 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||||
| 752 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||||
| 753 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||||
| 754 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||||
| 755 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
| 756 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||||
| 757 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
| 758 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||||
| 759 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||||
| 760 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||||
| 761 | return TemplateParameter(); | ||||||||
| 762 | |||||||||
| 763 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||||
| 764 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||||
| 765 | return TemplateParameter::getFromOpaqueValue(Data); | ||||||||
| 766 | |||||||||
| 767 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||||
| 768 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||||
| 769 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||||
| 770 | return static_cast<DFIParamWithArguments*>(Data)->Param; | ||||||||
| 771 | |||||||||
| 772 | // Unhandled | ||||||||
| 773 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||||
| 774 | break; | ||||||||
| 775 | } | ||||||||
| 776 | |||||||||
| 777 | return TemplateParameter(); | ||||||||
| 778 | } | ||||||||
| 779 | |||||||||
| 780 | TemplateArgumentList *DeductionFailureInfo::getTemplateArgumentList() { | ||||||||
| 781 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||||
| 782 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||||
| 783 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||||
| 784 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||||
| 785 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||||
| 786 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||||
| 787 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||||
| 788 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||||
| 789 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||||
| 790 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||||
| 791 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||||
| 792 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
| 793 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||||
| 794 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||||
| 795 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 796 | |||||||||
| 797 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
| 798 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||||
| 799 | return static_cast<DFIDeducedMismatchArgs*>(Data)->TemplateArgs; | ||||||||
| 800 | |||||||||
| 801 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||||
| 802 | return static_cast<TemplateArgumentList*>(Data); | ||||||||
| 803 | |||||||||
| 804 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||||
| 805 | return static_cast<CNSInfo*>(Data)->TemplateArgs; | ||||||||
| 806 | |||||||||
| 807 | // Unhandled | ||||||||
| 808 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||||
| 809 | break; | ||||||||
| 810 | } | ||||||||
| 811 | |||||||||
| 812 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 813 | } | ||||||||
| 814 | |||||||||
| 815 | const TemplateArgument *DeductionFailureInfo::getFirstArg() { | ||||||||
| 816 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||||
| 817 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||||
| 818 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||||
| 819 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||||
| 820 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||||
| 821 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||||
| 822 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||||
| 823 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||||
| 824 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||||
| 825 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||||
| 826 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||||
| 827 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||||
| 828 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 829 | |||||||||
| 830 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||||
| 831 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||||
| 832 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||||
| 833 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
| 834 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||||
| 835 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
| 836 | return &static_cast<DFIArguments*>(Data)->FirstArg; | ||||||||
| 837 | |||||||||
| 838 | // Unhandled | ||||||||
| 839 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||||
| 840 | break; | ||||||||
| 841 | } | ||||||||
| 842 | |||||||||
| 843 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 844 | } | ||||||||
| 845 | |||||||||
| 846 | const TemplateArgument *DeductionFailureInfo::getSecondArg() { | ||||||||
| 847 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||||
| 848 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||||
| 849 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||||
| 850 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||||
| 851 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||||
| 852 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||||
| 853 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||||
| 854 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||||
| 855 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||||
| 856 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||||
| 857 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||||
| 858 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||||
| 859 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||||
| 860 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 861 | |||||||||
| 862 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||||
| 863 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||||
| 864 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
| 865 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||||
| 866 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
| 867 | return &static_cast<DFIArguments*>(Data)->SecondArg; | ||||||||
| 868 | |||||||||
| 869 | // Unhandled | ||||||||
| 870 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||||
| 871 | break; | ||||||||
| 872 | } | ||||||||
| 873 | |||||||||
| 874 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 875 | } | ||||||||
| 876 | |||||||||
| 877 | llvm::Optional<unsigned> DeductionFailureInfo::getCallArgIndex() { | ||||||||
| 878 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||||
| 879 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
| 880 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||||
| 881 | return static_cast<DFIDeducedMismatchArgs*>(Data)->CallArgIndex; | ||||||||
| 882 | |||||||||
| 883 | default: | ||||||||
| 884 | return llvm::None; | ||||||||
| 885 | } | ||||||||
| 886 | } | ||||||||
| 887 | |||||||||
| 888 | bool OverloadCandidateSet::OperatorRewriteInfo::shouldAddReversed( | ||||||||
| 889 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { | ||||||||
| 890 | if (!AllowRewrittenCandidates) | ||||||||
| 891 | return false; | ||||||||
| 892 | return Op == OO_EqualEqual || Op == OO_Spaceship; | ||||||||
| 893 | } | ||||||||
| 894 | |||||||||
| 895 | bool OverloadCandidateSet::OperatorRewriteInfo::shouldAddReversed( | ||||||||
| 896 | ASTContext &Ctx, const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||||
| 897 | if (!shouldAddReversed(FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator())) | ||||||||
| 898 | return false; | ||||||||
| 899 | // Don't bother adding a reversed candidate that can never be a better | ||||||||
| 900 | // match than the non-reversed version. | ||||||||
| 901 | return FD->getNumParams() != 2 || | ||||||||
| 902 | !Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType(), | ||||||||
| 903 | FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType()) || | ||||||||
| 904 | FD->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||||
| 905 | } | ||||||||
| 906 | |||||||||
| 907 | void OverloadCandidateSet::destroyCandidates() { | ||||||||
| 908 | for (iterator i = begin(), e = end(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||||
| 909 | for (auto &C : i->Conversions) | ||||||||
| 910 | C.~ImplicitConversionSequence(); | ||||||||
| 911 | if (!i->Viable && i->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction) | ||||||||
| 912 | i->DeductionFailure.Destroy(); | ||||||||
| 913 | } | ||||||||
| 914 | } | ||||||||
| 915 | |||||||||
| 916 | void OverloadCandidateSet::clear(CandidateSetKind CSK) { | ||||||||
| 917 | destroyCandidates(); | ||||||||
| 918 | SlabAllocator.Reset(); | ||||||||
| 919 | NumInlineBytesUsed = 0; | ||||||||
| 920 | Candidates.clear(); | ||||||||
| 921 | Functions.clear(); | ||||||||
| 922 | Kind = CSK; | ||||||||
| 923 | } | ||||||||
| 924 | |||||||||
| 925 | namespace { | ||||||||
| 926 | class UnbridgedCastsSet { | ||||||||
| 927 | struct Entry { | ||||||||
| 928 | Expr **Addr; | ||||||||
| 929 | Expr *Saved; | ||||||||
| 930 | }; | ||||||||
| 931 | SmallVector<Entry, 2> Entries; | ||||||||
| 932 | |||||||||
| 933 | public: | ||||||||
| 934 | void save(Sema &S, Expr *&E) { | ||||||||
| 935 | assert(E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast))((E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast)) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 935, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 936 | Entry entry = { &E, E }; | ||||||||
| 937 | Entries.push_back(entry); | ||||||||
| 938 | E = S.stripARCUnbridgedCast(E); | ||||||||
| 939 | } | ||||||||
| 940 | |||||||||
| 941 | void restore() { | ||||||||
| 942 | for (SmallVectorImpl<Entry>::iterator | ||||||||
| 943 | i = Entries.begin(), e = Entries.end(); i != e; ++i) | ||||||||
| 944 | *i->Addr = i->Saved; | ||||||||
| 945 | } | ||||||||
| 946 | }; | ||||||||
| 947 | } | ||||||||
| 948 | |||||||||
| 949 | /// checkPlaceholderForOverload - Do any interesting placeholder-like | ||||||||
| 950 | /// preprocessing on the given expression. | ||||||||
| 951 | /// | ||||||||
| 952 | /// \param unbridgedCasts a collection to which to add unbridged casts; | ||||||||
| 953 | /// without this, they will be immediately diagnosed as errors | ||||||||
| 954 | /// | ||||||||
| 955 | /// Return true on unrecoverable error. | ||||||||
| 956 | static bool | ||||||||
| 957 | checkPlaceholderForOverload(Sema &S, Expr *&E, | ||||||||
| 958 | UnbridgedCastsSet *unbridgedCasts = nullptr) { | ||||||||
| 959 | if (const BuiltinType *placeholder = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
| 960 | // We can't handle overloaded expressions here because overload | ||||||||
| 961 | // resolution might reasonably tweak them. | ||||||||
| 962 | if (placeholder->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) return false; | ||||||||
| 963 | |||||||||
| 964 | // If the context potentially accepts unbridged ARC casts, strip | ||||||||
| 965 | // the unbridged cast and add it to the collection for later restoration. | ||||||||
| 966 | if (placeholder->getKind() == BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast && | ||||||||
| 967 | unbridgedCasts) { | ||||||||
| 968 | unbridgedCasts->save(S, E); | ||||||||
| 969 | return false; | ||||||||
| 970 | } | ||||||||
| 971 | |||||||||
| 972 | // Go ahead and check everything else. | ||||||||
| 973 | ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||||||
| 974 | if (result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 975 | return true; | ||||||||
| 976 | |||||||||
| 977 | E = result.get(); | ||||||||
| 978 | return false; | ||||||||
| 979 | } | ||||||||
| 980 | |||||||||
| 981 | // Nothing to do. | ||||||||
| 982 | return false; | ||||||||
| 983 | } | ||||||||
| 984 | |||||||||
| 985 | /// checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload - Check a set of call operands for | ||||||||
| 986 | /// placeholders. | ||||||||
| 987 | static bool checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(Sema &S, | ||||||||
| 988 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||||||
| 989 | UnbridgedCastsSet &unbridged) { | ||||||||
| 990 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; ++i) | ||||||||
| 991 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(S, Args[i], &unbridged)) | ||||||||
| 992 | return true; | ||||||||
| 993 | |||||||||
| 994 | return false; | ||||||||
| 995 | } | ||||||||
| 996 | |||||||||
| 997 | /// Determine whether the given New declaration is an overload of the | ||||||||
| 998 | /// declarations in Old. This routine returns Ovl_Match or Ovl_NonFunction if | ||||||||
| 999 | /// New and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if New has the same signature as | ||||||||
| 1000 | /// some function in Old (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old declarations aren't | ||||||||
| 1001 | /// functions (or function templates) at all. When it does return Ovl_Match or | ||||||||
| 1002 | /// Ovl_NonFunction, MatchedDecl will point to the decl that New cannot be | ||||||||
| 1003 | /// overloaded with. This decl may be a UsingShadowDecl on top of the underlying | ||||||||
| 1004 | /// declaration. | ||||||||
| 1005 | /// | ||||||||
| 1006 | /// Example: Given the following input: | ||||||||
| 1007 | /// | ||||||||
| 1008 | /// void f(int, float); // #1 | ||||||||
| 1009 | /// void f(int, int); // #2 | ||||||||
| 1010 | /// int f(int, int); // #3 | ||||||||
| 1011 | /// | ||||||||
| 1012 | /// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f", so IsOverload | ||||||||
| 1013 | /// will not be used. | ||||||||
| 1014 | /// | ||||||||
| 1015 | /// When we process #2, Old contains only the FunctionDecl for #1. By comparing | ||||||||
| 1016 | /// the parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded (since they have | ||||||||
| 1017 | /// different signatures), so this routine returns Ovl_Overload; MatchedDecl is | ||||||||
| 1018 | /// unchanged. | ||||||||
| 1019 | /// | ||||||||
| 1020 | /// When we process #3, Old is an overload set containing #1 and #2. We compare | ||||||||
| 1021 | /// the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded, so we do nothing) and then | ||||||||
| 1022 | /// #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and #2 are identical (return types of | ||||||||
| 1023 | /// functions are not part of the signature), IsOverload returns Ovl_Match and | ||||||||
| 1024 | /// MatchedDecl will be set to point to the FunctionDecl for #2. | ||||||||
| 1025 | /// | ||||||||
| 1026 | /// 'NewIsUsingShadowDecl' indicates that 'New' is being introduced into a class | ||||||||
| 1027 | /// by a using declaration. The rules for whether to hide shadow declarations | ||||||||
| 1028 | /// ignore some properties which otherwise figure into a function template's | ||||||||
| 1029 | /// signature. | ||||||||
| 1030 | Sema::OverloadKind | ||||||||
| 1031 | Sema::CheckOverload(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *New, const LookupResult &Old, | ||||||||
| 1032 | NamedDecl *&Match, bool NewIsUsingDecl) { | ||||||||
| 1033 | for (LookupResult::iterator I = Old.begin(), E = Old.end(); | ||||||||
| 1034 | I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
| 1035 | NamedDecl *OldD = *I; | ||||||||
| 1036 | |||||||||
| 1037 | bool OldIsUsingDecl = false; | ||||||||
| 1038 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||||||
| 1039 | OldIsUsingDecl = true; | ||||||||
| 1040 | |||||||||
| 1041 | // We can always introduce two using declarations into the same | ||||||||
| 1042 | // context, even if they have identical signatures. | ||||||||
| 1043 | if (NewIsUsingDecl) continue; | ||||||||
| 1044 | |||||||||
| 1045 | OldD = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||||
| 1046 | } | ||||||||
| 1047 | |||||||||
| 1048 | // A using-declaration does not conflict with another declaration | ||||||||
| 1049 | // if one of them is hidden. | ||||||||
| 1050 | if ((OldIsUsingDecl || NewIsUsingDecl) && !isVisible(*I)) | ||||||||
| 1051 | continue; | ||||||||
| 1052 | |||||||||
| 1053 | // If either declaration was introduced by a using declaration, | ||||||||
| 1054 | // we'll need to use slightly different rules for matching. | ||||||||
| 1055 | // Essentially, these rules are the normal rules, except that | ||||||||
| 1056 | // function templates hide function templates with different | ||||||||
| 1057 | // return types or template parameter lists. | ||||||||
| 1058 | bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules = | ||||||||
| 1059 | (OldIsUsingDecl || NewIsUsingDecl) && CurContext->isRecord() && | ||||||||
| 1060 | !New->getFriendObjectKind(); | ||||||||
| 1061 | |||||||||
| 1062 | if (FunctionDecl *OldF = OldD->getAsFunction()) { | ||||||||
| 1063 | if (!IsOverload(New, OldF, UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) { | ||||||||
| 1064 | if (UseMemberUsingDeclRules && OldIsUsingDecl) { | ||||||||
| 1065 | HideUsingShadowDecl(S, cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*I)); | ||||||||
| 1066 | continue; | ||||||||
| 1067 | } | ||||||||
| 1068 | |||||||||
| 1069 | if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD) && | ||||||||
| 1070 | !shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(*I, New)) | ||||||||
| 1071 | continue; | ||||||||
| 1072 | |||||||||
| 1073 | Match = *I; | ||||||||
| 1074 | return Ovl_Match; | ||||||||
| 1075 | } | ||||||||
| 1076 | |||||||||
| 1077 | // Builtins that have custom typechecking or have a reference should | ||||||||
| 1078 | // not be overloadable or redeclarable. | ||||||||
| 1079 | if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(OldF)) { | ||||||||
| 1080 | Match = *I; | ||||||||
| 1081 | return Ovl_NonFunction; | ||||||||
| 1082 | } | ||||||||
| 1083 | } else if (isa<UsingDecl>(OldD) || isa<UsingPackDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||||||
| 1084 | // We can overload with these, which can show up when doing | ||||||||
| 1085 | // redeclaration checks for UsingDecls. | ||||||||
| 1086 | assert(Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName)((Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1086, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1087 | } else if (isa<TagDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||||||
| 1088 | // We can always overload with tags by hiding them. | ||||||||
| 1089 | } else if (auto *UUD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||||||
| 1090 | // Optimistically assume that an unresolved using decl will | ||||||||
| 1091 | // overload; if it doesn't, we'll have to diagnose during | ||||||||
| 1092 | // template instantiation. | ||||||||
| 1093 | // | ||||||||
| 1094 | // Exception: if the scope is dependent and this is not a class | ||||||||
| 1095 | // member, the using declaration can only introduce an enumerator. | ||||||||
| 1096 | if (UUD->getQualifier()->isDependent() && !UUD->isCXXClassMember()) { | ||||||||
| 1097 | Match = *I; | ||||||||
| 1098 | return Ovl_NonFunction; | ||||||||
| 1099 | } | ||||||||
| 1100 | } else { | ||||||||
| 1101 | // (C++ 13p1): | ||||||||
| 1102 | // Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type | ||||||||
| 1103 | // declarations cannot be overloaded. | ||||||||
| 1104 | Match = *I; | ||||||||
| 1105 | return Ovl_NonFunction; | ||||||||
| 1106 | } | ||||||||
| 1107 | } | ||||||||
| 1108 | |||||||||
| 1109 | // C++ [temp.friend]p1: | ||||||||
| 1110 | // For a friend function declaration that is not a template declaration: | ||||||||
| 1111 | // -- if the name of the friend is a qualified or unqualified template-id, | ||||||||
| 1112 | // [...], otherwise | ||||||||
| 1113 | // -- if the name of the friend is a qualified-id and a matching | ||||||||
| 1114 | // non-template function is found in the specified class or namespace, | ||||||||
| 1115 | // the friend declaration refers to that function, otherwise, | ||||||||
| 1116 | // -- if the name of the friend is a qualified-id and a matching function | ||||||||
| 1117 | // template is found in the specified class or namespace, the friend | ||||||||
| 1118 | // declaration refers to the deduced specialization of that function | ||||||||
| 1119 | // template, otherwise | ||||||||
| 1120 | // -- the name shall be an unqualified-id [...] | ||||||||
| 1121 | // If we get here for a qualified friend declaration, we've just reached the | ||||||||
| 1122 | // third bullet. If the type of the friend is dependent, skip this lookup | ||||||||
| 1123 | // until instantiation. | ||||||||
| 1124 | if (New->getFriendObjectKind() && New->getQualifier() && | ||||||||
| 1125 | !New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && | ||||||||
| 1126 | !New->getDependentSpecializationInfo() && | ||||||||
| 1127 | !New->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||||||
| 1128 | LookupResult TemplateSpecResult(LookupResult::Temporary, Old); | ||||||||
| 1129 | TemplateSpecResult.addAllDecls(Old); | ||||||||
| 1130 | if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(New, nullptr, TemplateSpecResult, | ||||||||
| 1131 | /*QualifiedFriend*/true)) { | ||||||||
| 1132 | New->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||||
| 1133 | return Ovl_Overload; | ||||||||
| 1134 | } | ||||||||
| 1135 | |||||||||
| 1136 | Match = TemplateSpecResult.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>(); | ||||||||
| 1137 | return Ovl_Match; | ||||||||
| 1138 | } | ||||||||
| 1139 | |||||||||
| 1140 | return Ovl_Overload; | ||||||||
| 1141 | } | ||||||||
| 1142 | |||||||||
| 1143 | bool Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, | ||||||||
| 1144 | bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules, bool ConsiderCudaAttrs, | ||||||||
| 1145 | bool ConsiderRequiresClauses) { | ||||||||
| 1146 | // C++ [basic.start.main]p2: This function shall not be overloaded. | ||||||||
| 1147 | if (New->isMain()) | ||||||||
| 1148 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1149 | |||||||||
| 1150 | // MSVCRT user defined entry points cannot be overloaded. | ||||||||
| 1151 | if (New->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) | ||||||||
| 1152 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1153 | |||||||||
| 1154 | FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); | ||||||||
| 1155 | FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); | ||||||||
| 1156 | |||||||||
| 1157 | // C++ [temp.fct]p2: | ||||||||
| 1158 | // A function template can be overloaded with other function templates | ||||||||
| 1159 | // and with normal (non-template) functions. | ||||||||
| 1160 | if ((OldTemplate == nullptr) != (NewTemplate == nullptr)) | ||||||||
| 1161 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1162 | |||||||||
| 1163 | // Is the function New an overload of the function Old? | ||||||||
| 1164 | QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); | ||||||||
| 1165 | QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); | ||||||||
| 1166 | |||||||||
| 1167 | // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to | ||||||||
| 1168 | // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch | ||||||||
| 1169 | // in the signature, they are overloads. | ||||||||
| 1170 | |||||||||
| 1171 | // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no | ||||||||
| 1172 | // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures. | ||||||||
| 1173 | if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) || | ||||||||
| 1174 | isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr())) | ||||||||
| 1175 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1176 | |||||||||
| 1177 | const FunctionProtoType *OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType); | ||||||||
| 1178 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType); | ||||||||
| 1179 | |||||||||
| 1180 | // The signature of a function includes the types of its | ||||||||
| 1181 | // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence | ||||||||
| 1182 | // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357). | ||||||||
| 1183 | if (OldQType != NewQType && | ||||||||
| 1184 | (OldType->getNumParams() != NewType->getNumParams() || | ||||||||
| 1185 | OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() || | ||||||||
| 1186 | !FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(OldType, NewType))) | ||||||||
| 1187 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1188 | |||||||||
| 1189 | // C++ [temp.over.link]p4: | ||||||||
| 1190 | // The signature of a function template consists of its function | ||||||||
| 1191 | // signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names | ||||||||
| 1192 | // of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the | ||||||||
| 1193 | // relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the | ||||||||
| 1194 | // signature. | ||||||||
| 1195 | // | ||||||||
| 1196 | // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function | ||||||||
| 1197 | // templates first; the remaining checks follow. | ||||||||
| 1198 | // | ||||||||
| 1199 | // However, we don't consider either of these when deciding whether | ||||||||
| 1200 | // a member introduced by a shadow declaration is hidden. | ||||||||
| 1201 | if (!UseMemberUsingDeclRules && NewTemplate && | ||||||||
| 1202 | (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), | ||||||||
| 1203 | OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), | ||||||||
| 1204 | false, TPL_TemplateMatch) || | ||||||||
| 1205 | !Context.hasSameType(Old->getDeclaredReturnType(), | ||||||||
| 1206 | New->getDeclaredReturnType()))) | ||||||||
| 1207 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1208 | |||||||||
| 1209 | // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the | ||||||||
| 1210 | // cv-qualifiers (if any) and ref-qualifier (if any) on the function itself. | ||||||||
| 1211 | // | ||||||||
| 1212 | // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions | ||||||||
| 1213 | // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++ | ||||||||
| 1214 | // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature, | ||||||||
| 1215 | // this check is important to determine whether these functions | ||||||||
| 1216 | // can be overloaded. | ||||||||
| 1217 | CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); | ||||||||
| 1218 | CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); | ||||||||
| 1219 | if (OldMethod && NewMethod && | ||||||||
| 1220 | !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic()) { | ||||||||
| 1221 | if (OldMethod->getRefQualifier() != NewMethod->getRefQualifier()) { | ||||||||
| 1222 | if (!UseMemberUsingDeclRules && | ||||||||
| 1223 | (OldMethod->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None || | ||||||||
| 1224 | NewMethod->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None)) { | ||||||||
| 1225 | // C++0x [over.load]p2: | ||||||||
| 1226 | // - Member function declarations with the same name and the same | ||||||||
| 1227 | // parameter-type-list as well as member function template | ||||||||
| 1228 | // declarations with the same name, the same parameter-type-list, and | ||||||||
| 1229 | // the same template parameter lists cannot be overloaded if any of | ||||||||
| 1230 | // them, but not all, have a ref-qualifier (8.3.5). | ||||||||
| 1231 | Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_qualifier_overload) | ||||||||
| 1232 | << NewMethod->getRefQualifier() << OldMethod->getRefQualifier(); | ||||||||
| 1233 | Diag(OldMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | ||||||||
| 1234 | } | ||||||||
| 1235 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1236 | } | ||||||||
| 1237 | |||||||||
| 1238 | // We may not have applied the implicit const for a constexpr member | ||||||||
| 1239 | // function yet (because we haven't yet resolved whether this is a static | ||||||||
| 1240 | // or non-static member function). Add it now, on the assumption that this | ||||||||
| 1241 | // is a redeclaration of OldMethod. | ||||||||
| 1242 | auto OldQuals = OldMethod->getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 1243 | auto NewQuals = NewMethod->getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 1244 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && NewMethod->isConstexpr() && | ||||||||
| 1245 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewMethod)) | ||||||||
| 1246 | NewQuals.addConst(); | ||||||||
| 1247 | // We do not allow overloading based off of '__restrict'. | ||||||||
| 1248 | OldQuals.removeRestrict(); | ||||||||
| 1249 | NewQuals.removeRestrict(); | ||||||||
| 1250 | if (OldQuals != NewQuals) | ||||||||
| 1251 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1252 | } | ||||||||
| 1253 | |||||||||
| 1254 | // Though pass_object_size is placed on parameters and takes an argument, we | ||||||||
| 1255 | // consider it to be a function-level modifier for the sake of function | ||||||||
| 1256 | // identity. Either the function has one or more parameters with | ||||||||
| 1257 | // pass_object_size or it doesn't. | ||||||||
| 1258 | if (functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(New) != | ||||||||
| 1259 | functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Old)) | ||||||||
| 1260 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1261 | |||||||||
| 1262 | // enable_if attributes are an order-sensitive part of the signature. | ||||||||
| 1263 | for (specific_attr_iterator<EnableIfAttr> | ||||||||
| 1264 | NewI = New->specific_attr_begin<EnableIfAttr>(), | ||||||||
| 1265 | NewE = New->specific_attr_end<EnableIfAttr>(), | ||||||||
| 1266 | OldI = Old->specific_attr_begin<EnableIfAttr>(), | ||||||||
| 1267 | OldE = Old->specific_attr_end<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||||
| 1268 | NewI != NewE || OldI != OldE; ++NewI, ++OldI) { | ||||||||
| 1269 | if (NewI == NewE || OldI == OldE) | ||||||||
| 1270 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1271 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID NewID, OldID; | ||||||||
| 1272 | NewI->getCond()->Profile(NewID, Context, true); | ||||||||
| 1273 | OldI->getCond()->Profile(OldID, Context, true); | ||||||||
| 1274 | if (NewID != OldID) | ||||||||
| 1275 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1276 | } | ||||||||
| 1277 | |||||||||
| 1278 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA && ConsiderCudaAttrs) { | ||||||||
| 1279 | // Don't allow overloading of destructors. (In theory we could, but it | ||||||||
| 1280 | // would be a giant change to clang.) | ||||||||
| 1281 | if (!isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(New)) { | ||||||||
| 1282 | CUDAFunctionTarget NewTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(New), | ||||||||
| 1283 | OldTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(Old); | ||||||||
| 1284 | if (NewTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) { | ||||||||
| 1285 | assert((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) &&(((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && "Unexpected invalid target." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && \"Unexpected invalid target.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1286, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 1286 | "Unexpected invalid target.")(((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && "Unexpected invalid target." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && \"Unexpected invalid target.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1286, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1287 | |||||||||
| 1288 | // Allow overloading of functions with same signature and different CUDA | ||||||||
| 1289 | // target attributes. | ||||||||
| 1290 | if (NewTarget != OldTarget) | ||||||||
| 1291 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1292 | } | ||||||||
| 1293 | } | ||||||||
| 1294 | } | ||||||||
| 1295 | |||||||||
| 1296 | if (ConsiderRequiresClauses) { | ||||||||
| 1297 | Expr *NewRC = New->getTrailingRequiresClause(), | ||||||||
| 1298 | *OldRC = Old->getTrailingRequiresClause(); | ||||||||
| 1299 | if ((NewRC != nullptr) != (OldRC != nullptr)) | ||||||||
| 1300 | // RC are most certainly different - these are overloads. | ||||||||
| 1301 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1302 | |||||||||
| 1303 | if (NewRC) { | ||||||||
| 1304 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID NewID, OldID; | ||||||||
| 1305 | NewRC->Profile(NewID, Context, /*Canonical=*/true); | ||||||||
| 1306 | OldRC->Profile(OldID, Context, /*Canonical=*/true); | ||||||||
| 1307 | if (NewID != OldID) | ||||||||
| 1308 | // RCs are not equivalent - these are overloads. | ||||||||
| 1309 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1310 | } | ||||||||
| 1311 | } | ||||||||
| 1312 | |||||||||
| 1313 | // The signatures match; this is not an overload. | ||||||||
| 1314 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1315 | } | ||||||||
| 1316 | |||||||||
| 1317 | /// Tries a user-defined conversion from From to ToType. | ||||||||
| 1318 | /// | ||||||||
| 1319 | /// Produces an implicit conversion sequence for when a standard conversion | ||||||||
| 1320 | /// is not an option. See TryImplicitConversion for more information. | ||||||||
| 1321 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
| 1322 | TryUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 1323 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
| 1324 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||||
| 1325 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
| 1326 | bool CStyle, | ||||||||
| 1327 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
| 1328 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) { | ||||||||
| 1329 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||||
| 1330 | |||||||||
| 1331 | if (SuppressUserConversions) { | ||||||||
| 1332 | // We're not in the case above, so there is no conversion that | ||||||||
| 1333 | // we can perform. | ||||||||
| 1334 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||||||
| 1335 | return ICS; | ||||||||
| 1336 | } | ||||||||
| 1337 | |||||||||
| 1338 | // Attempt user-defined conversion. | ||||||||
| 1339 | OverloadCandidateSet Conversions(From->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
| 1340 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||||
| 1341 | switch (IsUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined, | ||||||||
| 1342 | Conversions, AllowExplicit, | ||||||||
| 1343 | AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit)) { | ||||||||
| 1344 | case OR_Success: | ||||||||
| 1345 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||||
| 1346 | ICS.setUserDefined(); | ||||||||
| 1347 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p4: | ||||||||
| 1348 | // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class | ||||||||
| 1349 | // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an | ||||||||
| 1350 | // expression of class type to a base class of that type is | ||||||||
| 1351 | // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy | ||||||||
| 1352 | // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is | ||||||||
| 1353 | // called for those cases. | ||||||||
| 1354 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor | ||||||||
| 1355 | = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) { | ||||||||
| 1356 | QualType FromCanon | ||||||||
| 1357 | = S.Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||||||
| 1358 | QualType ToCanon | ||||||||
| 1359 | = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 1360 | if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor() && | ||||||||
| 1361 | (FromCanon == ToCanon || | ||||||||
| 1362 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), FromCanon, ToCanon))) { | ||||||||
| 1363 | // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it | ||||||||
| 1364 | // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences. | ||||||||
| 1365 | DeclAccessPair Found = ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction; | ||||||||
| 1366 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||||
| 1367 | ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
| 1368 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(From->getType()); | ||||||||
| 1369 | ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
| 1370 | ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor; | ||||||||
| 1371 | ICS.Standard.FoundCopyConstructor = Found; | ||||||||
| 1372 | if (ToCanon != FromCanon) | ||||||||
| 1373 | ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base; | ||||||||
| 1374 | } | ||||||||
| 1375 | } | ||||||||
| 1376 | break; | ||||||||
| 1377 | |||||||||
| 1378 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||||
| 1379 | ICS.setAmbiguous(); | ||||||||
| 1380 | ICS.Ambiguous.setFromType(From->getType()); | ||||||||
| 1381 | ICS.Ambiguous.setToType(ToType); | ||||||||
| 1382 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin(); | ||||||||
| 1383 | Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand) | ||||||||
| 1384 | if (Cand->Best) | ||||||||
| 1385 | ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function); | ||||||||
| 1386 | break; | ||||||||
| 1387 | |||||||||
| 1388 | // Fall through. | ||||||||
| 1389 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||||
| 1390 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||||||
| 1391 | break; | ||||||||
| 1392 | } | ||||||||
| 1393 | |||||||||
| 1394 | return ICS; | ||||||||
| 1395 | } | ||||||||
| 1396 | |||||||||
| 1397 | /// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion | ||||||||
| 1398 | /// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This | ||||||||
| 1399 | /// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used | ||||||||
| 1400 | /// to perform the initialization. Given | ||||||||
| 1401 | /// | ||||||||
| 1402 | /// void f(float f); | ||||||||
| 1403 | /// void g(int i) { f(i); } | ||||||||
| 1404 | /// | ||||||||
| 1405 | /// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to | ||||||||
| 1406 | /// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard | ||||||||
| 1407 | /// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ | ||||||||
| 1408 | /// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9). | ||||||||
| 1409 | // | ||||||||
| 1410 | /// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be | ||||||||
| 1411 | /// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such, | ||||||||
| 1412 | /// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available, | ||||||||
| 1413 | /// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind | ||||||||
| 1414 | /// "BadConversion". | ||||||||
| 1415 | /// | ||||||||
| 1416 | /// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are | ||||||||
| 1417 | /// not permitted. | ||||||||
| 1418 | /// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are | ||||||||
| 1419 | /// permitted. | ||||||||
| 1420 | /// | ||||||||
| 1421 | /// \param AllowObjCWritebackConversion Whether we allow the Objective-C | ||||||||
| 1422 | /// writeback conversion, which allows __autoreleasing id* parameters to | ||||||||
| 1423 | /// be initialized with __strong id* or __weak id* arguments. | ||||||||
| 1424 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
| 1425 | TryImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 1426 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
| 1427 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||||
| 1428 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
| 1429 | bool CStyle, | ||||||||
| 1430 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
| 1431 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) { | ||||||||
| 1432 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||||
| 1433 | if (IsStandardConversion(S, From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
| 1434 | ICS.Standard, CStyle, AllowObjCWritebackConversion)){ | ||||||||
| 1435 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||||
| 1436 | return ICS; | ||||||||
| 1437 | } | ||||||||
| 1438 | |||||||||
| 1439 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
| 1440 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||||||
| 1441 | return ICS; | ||||||||
| 1442 | } | ||||||||
| 1443 | |||||||||
| 1444 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p4: | ||||||||
| 1445 | // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class | ||||||||
| 1446 | // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an | ||||||||
| 1447 | // expression of class type to a base class of that type is | ||||||||
| 1448 | // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy/move | ||||||||
| 1449 | // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is | ||||||||
| 1450 | // called for those cases. | ||||||||
| 1451 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||||||
| 1452 | if (ToType->getAs<RecordType>() && FromType->getAs<RecordType>() && | ||||||||
| 1453 | (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType) || | ||||||||
| 1454 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), FromType, ToType))) { | ||||||||
| 1455 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||||
| 1456 | ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
| 1457 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType); | ||||||||
| 1458 | ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
| 1459 | |||||||||
| 1460 | // We don't actually check at this point whether there is a valid | ||||||||
| 1461 | // copy/move constructor, since overloading just assumes that it | ||||||||
| 1462 | // exists. When we actually perform initialization, we'll find the | ||||||||
| 1463 | // appropriate constructor to copy the returned object, if needed. | ||||||||
| 1464 | ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1465 | |||||||||
| 1466 | // Determine whether this is considered a derived-to-base conversion. | ||||||||
| 1467 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||||||
| 1468 | ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base; | ||||||||
| 1469 | |||||||||
| 1470 | return ICS; | ||||||||
| 1471 | } | ||||||||
| 1472 | |||||||||
| 1473 | return TryUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
| 1474 | AllowExplicit, InOverloadResolution, CStyle, | ||||||||
| 1475 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
| 1476 | AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit); | ||||||||
| 1477 | } | ||||||||
| 1478 | |||||||||
| 1479 | ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
| 1480 | Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 1481 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
| 1482 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||||
| 1483 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
| 1484 | bool CStyle, | ||||||||
| 1485 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) { | ||||||||
| 1486 | return ::TryImplicitConversion(*this, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
| 1487 | AllowExplicit, InOverloadResolution, CStyle, | ||||||||
| 1488 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
| 1489 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||||
| 1490 | } | ||||||||
| 1491 | |||||||||
| 1492 | /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the | ||||||||
| 1493 | /// expression From to the type ToType. Returns the | ||||||||
| 1494 | /// converted expression. Flavor is the kind of conversion we're | ||||||||
| 1495 | /// performing, used in the error message. If @p AllowExplicit, | ||||||||
| 1496 | /// explicit user-defined conversions are permitted. | ||||||||
| 1497 | ExprResult Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 1498 | AssignmentAction Action, | ||||||||
| 1499 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||||
| 1500 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From)) | ||||||||
| 1501 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 1502 | |||||||||
| 1503 | // Objective-C ARC: Determine whether we will allow the writeback conversion. | ||||||||
| 1504 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion | ||||||||
| 1505 | = getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | ||||||||
| 1506 | (Action == AA_Passing || Action == AA_Sending); | ||||||||
| 1507 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||||||
| 1508 | CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(From->getBeginLoc(), ToType, | ||||||||
| 1509 | From->getType(), From); | ||||||||
| 1510 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = ::TryImplicitConversion( | ||||||||
| 1511 | *this, From, ToType, | ||||||||
| 1512 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||||
| 1513 | AllowExplicit ? AllowedExplicit::All : AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||||||
| 1514 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||||
| 1515 | /*CStyle=*/false, AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
| 1516 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||||
| 1517 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS, Action); | ||||||||
| 1518 | } | ||||||||
| 1519 | |||||||||
| 1520 | /// Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid | ||||||||
| 1521 | /// conversion that strips "noexcept" or "noreturn" off the nested function | ||||||||
| 1522 | /// type. | ||||||||
| 1523 | bool Sema::IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 1524 | QualType &ResultTy) { | ||||||||
| 1525 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||||||
| 1526 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1527 | |||||||||
| 1528 | // Permit the conversion F(t __attribute__((noreturn))) -> F(t) | ||||||||
| 1529 | // or F(t noexcept) -> F(t) | ||||||||
| 1530 | // where F adds one of the following at most once: | ||||||||
| 1531 | // - a pointer | ||||||||
| 1532 | // - a member pointer | ||||||||
| 1533 | // - a block pointer | ||||||||
| 1534 | // Changes here need matching changes in FindCompositePointerType. | ||||||||
| 1535 | CanQualType CanTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); | ||||||||
| 1536 | CanQualType CanFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||||||
| 1537 | Type::TypeClass TyClass = CanTo->getTypeClass(); | ||||||||
| 1538 | if (TyClass != CanFrom->getTypeClass()) return false; | ||||||||
| 1539 | if (TyClass != Type::FunctionProto && TyClass != Type::FunctionNoProto) { | ||||||||
| 1540 | if (TyClass == Type::Pointer) { | ||||||||
| 1541 | CanTo = CanTo.castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 1542 | CanFrom = CanFrom.castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 1543 | } else if (TyClass == Type::BlockPointer) { | ||||||||
| 1544 | CanTo = CanTo.castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 1545 | CanFrom = CanFrom.castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 1546 | } else if (TyClass == Type::MemberPointer) { | ||||||||
| 1547 | auto ToMPT = CanTo.castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 1548 | auto FromMPT = CanFrom.castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 1549 | // A function pointer conversion cannot change the class of the function. | ||||||||
| 1550 | if (ToMPT->getClass() != FromMPT->getClass()) | ||||||||
| 1551 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1552 | CanTo = ToMPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 1553 | CanFrom = FromMPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 1554 | } else { | ||||||||
| 1555 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1556 | } | ||||||||
| 1557 | |||||||||
| 1558 | TyClass = CanTo->getTypeClass(); | ||||||||
| 1559 | if (TyClass != CanFrom->getTypeClass()) return false; | ||||||||
| 1560 | if (TyClass != Type::FunctionProto && TyClass != Type::FunctionNoProto) | ||||||||
| 1561 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1562 | } | ||||||||
| 1563 | |||||||||
| 1564 | const auto *FromFn = cast<FunctionType>(CanFrom); | ||||||||
| 1565 | FunctionType::ExtInfo FromEInfo = FromFn->getExtInfo(); | ||||||||
| 1566 | |||||||||
| 1567 | const auto *ToFn = cast<FunctionType>(CanTo); | ||||||||
| 1568 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ToEInfo = ToFn->getExtInfo(); | ||||||||
| 1569 | |||||||||
| 1570 | bool Changed = false; | ||||||||
| 1571 | |||||||||
| 1572 | // Drop 'noreturn' if not present in target type. | ||||||||
| 1573 | if (FromEInfo.getNoReturn() && !ToEInfo.getNoReturn()) { | ||||||||
| 1574 | FromFn = Context.adjustFunctionType(FromFn, FromEInfo.withNoReturn(false)); | ||||||||
| 1575 | Changed = true; | ||||||||
| 1576 | } | ||||||||
| 1577 | |||||||||
| 1578 | // Drop 'noexcept' if not present in target type. | ||||||||
| 1579 | if (const auto *FromFPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FromFn)) { | ||||||||
| 1580 | const auto *ToFPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(ToFn); | ||||||||
| 1581 | if (FromFPT->isNothrow() && !ToFPT->isNothrow()) { | ||||||||
| 1582 | FromFn = cast<FunctionType>( | ||||||||
| 1583 | Context.getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(QualType(FromFPT, 0), | ||||||||
| 1584 | EST_None) | ||||||||
| 1585 | .getTypePtr()); | ||||||||
| 1586 | Changed = true; | ||||||||
| 1587 | } | ||||||||
| 1588 | |||||||||
| 1589 | // Convert FromFPT's ExtParameterInfo if necessary. The conversion is valid | ||||||||
| 1590 | // only if the ExtParameterInfo lists of the two function prototypes can be | ||||||||
| 1591 | // merged and the merged list is identical to ToFPT's ExtParameterInfo list. | ||||||||
| 1592 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 4> NewParamInfos; | ||||||||
| 1593 | bool CanUseToFPT, CanUseFromFPT; | ||||||||
| 1594 | if (Context.mergeExtParameterInfo(ToFPT, FromFPT, CanUseToFPT, | ||||||||
| 1595 | CanUseFromFPT, NewParamInfos) && | ||||||||
| 1596 | CanUseToFPT && !CanUseFromFPT) { | ||||||||
| 1597 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ExtInfo = FromFPT->getExtProtoInfo(); | ||||||||
| 1598 | ExtInfo.ExtParameterInfos = | ||||||||
| 1599 | NewParamInfos.empty() ? nullptr : NewParamInfos.data(); | ||||||||
| 1600 | QualType QT = Context.getFunctionType(FromFPT->getReturnType(), | ||||||||
| 1601 | FromFPT->getParamTypes(), ExtInfo); | ||||||||
| 1602 | FromFn = QT->getAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||||
| 1603 | Changed = true; | ||||||||
| 1604 | } | ||||||||
| 1605 | } | ||||||||
| 1606 | |||||||||
| 1607 | if (!Changed) | ||||||||
| 1608 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1609 | |||||||||
| 1610 | assert(QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical())((QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1610, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1611 | if (QualType(FromFn, 0) != CanTo) return false; | ||||||||
| 1612 | |||||||||
| 1613 | ResultTy = ToType; | ||||||||
| 1614 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1615 | } | ||||||||
| 1616 | |||||||||
| 1617 | /// Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid | ||||||||
| 1618 | /// vector conversion. | ||||||||
| 1619 | /// | ||||||||
| 1620 | /// \param ICK Will be set to the vector conversion kind, if this is a vector | ||||||||
| 1621 | /// conversion. | ||||||||
| 1622 | static bool IsVectorConversion(Sema &S, QualType FromType, | ||||||||
| 1623 | QualType ToType, ImplicitConversionKind &ICK) { | ||||||||
| 1624 | // We need at least one of these types to be a vector type to have a vector | ||||||||
| 1625 | // conversion. | ||||||||
| 1626 | if (!ToType->isVectorType() && !FromType->isVectorType()) | ||||||||
| 1627 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1628 | |||||||||
| 1629 | // Identical types require no conversions. | ||||||||
| 1630 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||||||
| 1631 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1632 | |||||||||
| 1633 | // There are no conversions between extended vector types, only identity. | ||||||||
| 1634 | if (ToType->isExtVectorType()) { | ||||||||
| 1635 | // There are no conversions between extended vector types other than the | ||||||||
| 1636 | // identity conversion. | ||||||||
| 1637 | if (FromType->isExtVectorType()) | ||||||||
| 1638 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1639 | |||||||||
| 1640 | // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector. | ||||||||
| 1641 | if (FromType->isArithmeticType()) { | ||||||||
| 1642 | ICK = ICK_Vector_Splat; | ||||||||
| 1643 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1644 | } | ||||||||
| 1645 | } | ||||||||
| 1646 | |||||||||
| 1647 | if (ToType->isSizelessBuiltinType() || FromType->isSizelessBuiltinType()) | ||||||||
| 1648 | if (S.Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(FromType, ToType) || | ||||||||
| 1649 | S.Context.areLaxCompatibleSveTypes(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||||
| 1650 | ICK = ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion; | ||||||||
| 1651 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1652 | } | ||||||||
| 1653 | |||||||||
| 1654 | // We can perform the conversion between vector types in the following cases: | ||||||||
| 1655 | // 1)vector types are equivalent AltiVec and GCC vector types | ||||||||
| 1656 | // 2)lax vector conversions are permitted and the vector types are of the | ||||||||
| 1657 | // same size | ||||||||
| 1658 | // 3)the destination type does not have the ARM MVE strict-polymorphism | ||||||||
| 1659 | // attribute, which inhibits lax vector conversion for overload resolution | ||||||||
| 1660 | // only | ||||||||
| 1661 | if (ToType->isVectorType() && FromType->isVectorType()) { | ||||||||
| 1662 | if (S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(FromType, ToType) || | ||||||||
| 1663 | (S.isLaxVectorConversion(FromType, ToType) && | ||||||||
| 1664 | !ToType->hasAttr(attr::ArmMveStrictPolymorphism))) { | ||||||||
| 1665 | ICK = ICK_Vector_Conversion; | ||||||||
| 1666 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1667 | } | ||||||||
| 1668 | } | ||||||||
| 1669 | |||||||||
| 1670 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1671 | } | ||||||||
| 1672 | |||||||||
| 1673 | static bool tryAtomicConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 1674 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
| 1675 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||||
| 1676 | bool CStyle); | ||||||||
| 1677 | |||||||||
| 1678 | /// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard | ||||||||
| 1679 | /// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the | ||||||||
| 1680 | /// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences | ||||||||
| 1681 | /// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class | ||||||||
| 1682 | /// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will | ||||||||
| 1683 | /// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this | ||||||||
| 1684 | /// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this | ||||||||
| 1685 | /// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified. | ||||||||
| 1686 | static bool IsStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 1687 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
| 1688 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||||
| 1689 | bool CStyle, | ||||||||
| 1690 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) { | ||||||||
| 1691 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||||||
| 1692 | |||||||||
| 1693 | // Standard conversions (C++ [conv]) | ||||||||
| 1694 | SCS.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
| 1695 | SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||||
| 1696 | SCS.setFromType(FromType); | ||||||||
| 1697 | SCS.CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1698 | |||||||||
| 1699 | // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so | ||||||||
| 1700 | // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit them. | ||||||||
| 1701 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||||
| 1702 | (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType())) | ||||||||
| 1703 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1704 | |||||||||
| 1705 | // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, | ||||||||
| 1706 | // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion | ||||||||
| 1707 | // (C++ 4p1). | ||||||||
| 1708 | |||||||||
| 1709 | if (FromType == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||||
| 1710 | DeclAccessPair AccessPair; | ||||||||
| 1711 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn | ||||||||
| 1712 | = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false, | ||||||||
| 1713 | AccessPair)) { | ||||||||
| 1714 | // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function, | ||||||||
| 1715 | // so we can convert to the type of that function. | ||||||||
| 1716 | FromType = Fn->getType(); | ||||||||
| 1717 | SCS.setFromType(FromType); | ||||||||
| 1718 | |||||||||
| 1719 | // we can sometimes resolve &foo<int> regardless of ToType, so check | ||||||||
| 1720 | // if the type matches (identity) or we are converting to bool | ||||||||
| 1721 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | ||||||||
| 1722 | S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(ToType), FromType)) { | ||||||||
| 1723 | QualType resultTy; | ||||||||
| 1724 | // if the function type matches except for [[noreturn]], it's ok | ||||||||
| 1725 | if (!S.IsFunctionConversion(FromType, | ||||||||
| 1726 | S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(ToType), resultTy)) | ||||||||
| 1727 | // otherwise, only a boolean conversion is standard | ||||||||
| 1728 | if (!ToType->isBooleanType()) | ||||||||
| 1729 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1730 | } | ||||||||
| 1731 | |||||||||
| 1732 | // Check if the "from" expression is taking the address of an overloaded | ||||||||
| 1733 | // function and recompute the FromType accordingly. Take advantage of the | ||||||||
| 1734 | // fact that non-static member functions *must* have such an address-of | ||||||||
| 1735 | // expression. | ||||||||
| 1736 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn); | ||||||||
| 1737 | if (Method && !Method->isStatic()) { | ||||||||
| 1738 | assert(isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) &&((isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && "Non-unary operator on non-static member address") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && \"Non-unary operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1739, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 1739 | "Non-unary operator on non-static member address")((isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && "Non-unary operator on non-static member address") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && \"Non-unary operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1739, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1740 | assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode()((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1742, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 1741 | == UO_AddrOf &&((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1742, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 1742 | "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address")((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1742, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1743 | const Type *ClassType | ||||||||
| 1744 | = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Method->getParent()).getTypePtr(); | ||||||||
| 1745 | FromType = S.Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType, ClassType); | ||||||||
| 1746 | } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())) { | ||||||||
| 1747 | assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() ==((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1749, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 1748 | UO_AddrOf &&((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1749, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 1749 | "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression")((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1749, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1750 | FromType = S.Context.getPointerType(FromType); | ||||||||
| 1751 | } | ||||||||
| 1752 | |||||||||
| 1753 | // Check that we've computed the proper type after overload resolution. | ||||||||
| 1754 | // FIXME: FixOverloadedFunctionReference has side-effects; we shouldn't | ||||||||
| 1755 | // be calling it from within an NDEBUG block. | ||||||||
| 1756 | assert(S.Context.hasSameType(((S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference (From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1758, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 1757 | FromType,((S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference (From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1758, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 1758 | S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType()))((S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference (From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1758, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1759 | } else { | ||||||||
| 1760 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1761 | } | ||||||||
| 1762 | } | ||||||||
| 1763 | // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++11 4.1): | ||||||||
| 1764 | // A glvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can | ||||||||
| 1765 | // be converted to a prvalue. | ||||||||
| 1766 | bool argIsLValue = From->isGLValue(); | ||||||||
| 1767 | if (argIsLValue && | ||||||||
| 1768 | !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() && | ||||||||
| 1769 | S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||||
| 1770 | SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue; | ||||||||
| 1771 | |||||||||
| 1772 | // C11 6.3.2.1p2: | ||||||||
| 1773 | // ... if the lvalue has atomic type, the value has the non-atomic version | ||||||||
| 1774 | // of the type of the lvalue ... | ||||||||
| 1775 | if (const AtomicType *Atomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) | ||||||||
| 1776 | FromType = Atomic->getValueType(); | ||||||||
| 1777 | |||||||||
| 1778 | // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the | ||||||||
| 1779 | // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue | ||||||||
| 1780 | // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we | ||||||||
| 1781 | // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter. | ||||||||
| 1782 | FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 1783 | } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) { | ||||||||
| 1784 | // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2) | ||||||||
| 1785 | SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer; | ||||||||
| 1786 | |||||||||
| 1787 | // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown | ||||||||
| 1788 | // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to | ||||||||
| 1789 | // T" (C++ 4.2p1). | ||||||||
| 1790 | FromType = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); | ||||||||
| 1791 | |||||||||
| 1792 | if (S.IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) { | ||||||||
| 1793 | // This conversion is deprecated in C++03 (D.4) | ||||||||
| 1794 | SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = true; | ||||||||
| 1795 | |||||||||
| 1796 | // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution | ||||||||
| 1797 | // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an | ||||||||
| 1798 | // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification | ||||||||
| 1799 | // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2) | ||||||||
| 1800 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
| 1801 | SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification; | ||||||||
| 1802 | SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = false; | ||||||||
| 1803 | SCS.setAllToTypes(FromType); | ||||||||
| 1804 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1805 | } | ||||||||
| 1806 | } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLValue) { | ||||||||
| 1807 | // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3). | ||||||||
| 1808 | SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer; | ||||||||
| 1809 | |||||||||
| 1810 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(From->IgnoreParenCasts())) | ||||||||
| 1811 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) | ||||||||
| 1812 | if (!S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD)) | ||||||||
| 1813 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1814 | |||||||||
| 1815 | // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of | ||||||||
| 1816 | // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the | ||||||||
| 1817 | // function. (C++ 4.3p1). | ||||||||
| 1818 | FromType = S.Context.getPointerType(FromType); | ||||||||
| 1819 | } else { | ||||||||
| 1820 | // We don't require any conversions for the first step. | ||||||||
| 1821 | SCS.First = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
| 1822 | } | ||||||||
| 1823 | SCS.setToType(0, FromType); | ||||||||
| 1824 | |||||||||
| 1825 | // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating | ||||||||
| 1826 | // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion, | ||||||||
| 1827 | // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion, | ||||||||
| 1828 | // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1). | ||||||||
| 1829 | // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type" | ||||||||
| 1830 | // conversion. | ||||||||
| 1831 | bool IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||||
| 1832 | ImplicitConversionKind SecondICK = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
| 1833 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||||
| 1834 | // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no | ||||||||
| 1835 | // conversion to do. | ||||||||
| 1836 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
| 1837 | } else if (S.IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||||
| 1838 | // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5). | ||||||||
| 1839 | SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion; | ||||||||
| 1840 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 1841 | } else if (S.IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||||
| 1842 | // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). | ||||||||
| 1843 | SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion; | ||||||||
| 1844 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 1845 | } else if (S.IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||||
| 1846 | // Complex promotion (Clang extension) | ||||||||
| 1847 | SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion; | ||||||||
| 1848 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 1849 | } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() && | ||||||||
| 1850 | (FromType->isArithmeticType() || | ||||||||
| 1851 | FromType->isAnyPointerType() || | ||||||||
| 1852 | FromType->isBlockPointerType() || | ||||||||
| 1853 | FromType->isMemberPointerType())) { | ||||||||
| 1854 | // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12). | ||||||||
| 1855 | SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion; | ||||||||
| 1856 | FromType = S.Context.BoolTy; | ||||||||
| 1857 | } else if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||||||
| 1858 | ToType->isIntegralType(S.Context)) { | ||||||||
| 1859 | // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7). | ||||||||
| 1860 | SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion; | ||||||||
| 1861 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 1862 | } else if (FromType->isAnyComplexType() && ToType->isAnyComplexType()) { | ||||||||
| 1863 | // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6) | ||||||||
| 1864 | SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion; | ||||||||
| 1865 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 1866 | } else if ((FromType->isAnyComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) || | ||||||||
| 1867 | (ToType->isAnyComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) { | ||||||||
| 1868 | // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7) | ||||||||
| 1869 | SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real; | ||||||||
| 1870 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 1871 | } else if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||||||
| 1872 | // FIXME: disable conversions between long double and __float128 if | ||||||||
| 1873 | // their representation is different until there is back end support | ||||||||
| 1874 | // We of course allow this conversion if long double is really double. | ||||||||
| 1875 | |||||||||
| 1876 | // Conversions between bfloat and other floats are not permitted. | ||||||||
| 1877 | if (FromType == S.Context.BFloat16Ty || ToType == S.Context.BFloat16Ty) | ||||||||
| 1878 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1879 | if (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FromType) != | ||||||||
| 1880 | &S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType)) { | ||||||||
| 1881 | bool Float128AndLongDouble = ((FromType == S.Context.Float128Ty && | ||||||||
| 1882 | ToType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy) || | ||||||||
| 1883 | (FromType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy && | ||||||||
| 1884 | ToType == S.Context.Float128Ty)); | ||||||||
| 1885 | if (Float128AndLongDouble && | ||||||||
| 1886 | (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(S.Context.LongDoubleTy) == | ||||||||
| 1887 | &llvm::APFloat::PPCDoubleDouble())) | ||||||||
| 1888 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1889 | } | ||||||||
| 1890 | // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8). | ||||||||
| 1891 | SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion; | ||||||||
| 1892 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 1893 | } else if ((FromType->isRealFloatingType() && | ||||||||
| 1894 | ToType->isIntegralType(S.Context)) || | ||||||||
| 1895 | (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||||||
| 1896 | ToType->isRealFloatingType())) { | ||||||||
| 1897 | // Conversions between bfloat and int are not permitted. | ||||||||
| 1898 | if (FromType->isBFloat16Type() || ToType->isBFloat16Type()) | ||||||||
| 1899 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1900 | |||||||||
| 1901 | // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9). | ||||||||
| 1902 | SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral; | ||||||||
| 1903 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 1904 | } else if (S.IsBlockPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) { | ||||||||
| 1905 | SCS.Second = ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||||||
| 1906 | } else if (AllowObjCWritebackConversion && | ||||||||
| 1907 | S.isObjCWritebackConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) { | ||||||||
| 1908 | SCS.Second = ICK_Writeback_Conversion; | ||||||||
| 1909 | } else if (S.IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
| 1910 | FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||||
| 1911 | // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10). | ||||||||
| 1912 | SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||||||
| 1913 | SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC; | ||||||||
| 1914 | FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 1915 | } else if (S.IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, | ||||||||
| 1916 | InOverloadResolution, FromType)) { | ||||||||
| 1917 | // Pointer to member conversions (4.11). | ||||||||
| 1918 | SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member; | ||||||||
| 1919 | } else if (IsVectorConversion(S, FromType, ToType, SecondICK)) { | ||||||||
| 1920 | SCS.Second = SecondICK; | ||||||||
| 1921 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 1922 | } else if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||||
| 1923 | S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) { | ||||||||
| 1924 | // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading) | ||||||||
| 1925 | SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion; | ||||||||
| 1926 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 1927 | } else if (IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(S, From, ToType, | ||||||||
| 1928 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
| 1929 | SCS, CStyle)) { | ||||||||
| 1930 | SCS.Second = ICK_TransparentUnionConversion; | ||||||||
| 1931 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||||
| 1932 | } else if (tryAtomicConversion(S, From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, SCS, | ||||||||
| 1933 | CStyle)) { | ||||||||
| 1934 | // tryAtomicConversion has updated the standard conversion sequence | ||||||||
| 1935 | // appropriately. | ||||||||
| 1936 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1937 | } else if (ToType->isEventT() && | ||||||||
| 1938 | From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext()) && | ||||||||
| 1939 | From->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.getASTContext()) == 0) { | ||||||||
| 1940 | SCS.Second = ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion; | ||||||||
| 1941 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||||
| 1942 | } else if (ToType->isQueueT() && | ||||||||
| 1943 | From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext()) && | ||||||||
| 1944 | (From->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.getASTContext()) == 0)) { | ||||||||
| 1945 | SCS.Second = ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion; | ||||||||
| 1946 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||||
| 1947 | } else if (ToType->isSamplerT() && | ||||||||
| 1948 | From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext())) { | ||||||||
| 1949 | SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion; | ||||||||
| 1950 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||||
| 1951 | } else { | ||||||||
| 1952 | // No second conversion required. | ||||||||
| 1953 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
| 1954 | } | ||||||||
| 1955 | SCS.setToType(1, FromType); | ||||||||
| 1956 | |||||||||
| 1957 | // The third conversion can be a function pointer conversion or a | ||||||||
| 1958 | // qualification conversion (C++ [conv.fctptr], [conv.qual]). | ||||||||
| 1959 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion; | ||||||||
| 1960 | if (S.IsFunctionConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) { | ||||||||
| 1961 | // Function pointer conversions (removing 'noexcept') including removal of | ||||||||
| 1962 | // 'noreturn' (Clang extension). | ||||||||
| 1963 | SCS.Third = ICK_Function_Conversion; | ||||||||
| 1964 | } else if (S.IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType, CStyle, | ||||||||
| 1965 | ObjCLifetimeConversion)) { | ||||||||
| 1966 | SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification; | ||||||||
| 1967 | SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = ObjCLifetimeConversion; | ||||||||
| 1968 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||||
| 1969 | } else { | ||||||||
| 1970 | // No conversion required | ||||||||
| 1971 | SCS.Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
| 1972 | } | ||||||||
| 1973 | |||||||||
| 1974 | // C++ [over.best.ics]p6: | ||||||||
| 1975 | // [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is | ||||||||
| 1976 | // subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute | ||||||||
| 1977 | // a conversion. [...] | ||||||||
| 1978 | QualType CanonFrom = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||||||
| 1979 | QualType CanonTo = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); | ||||||||
| 1980 | if (CanonFrom.getLocalUnqualifiedType() | ||||||||
| 1981 | == CanonTo.getLocalUnqualifiedType() && | ||||||||
| 1982 | CanonFrom.getLocalQualifiers() != CanonTo.getLocalQualifiers()) { | ||||||||
| 1983 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||||
| 1984 | CanonFrom = CanonTo; | ||||||||
| 1985 | } | ||||||||
| 1986 | |||||||||
| 1987 | SCS.setToType(2, FromType); | ||||||||
| 1988 | |||||||||
| 1989 | if (CanonFrom == CanonTo) | ||||||||
| 1990 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1991 | |||||||||
| 1992 | // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type, | ||||||||
| 1993 | // this is a bad conversion sequence, unless we're resolving an overload in C. | ||||||||
| 1994 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !InOverloadResolution) | ||||||||
| 1995 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1996 | |||||||||
| 1997 | ExprResult ER = ExprResult{From}; | ||||||||
| 1998 | Sema::AssignConvertType Conv = | ||||||||
| 1999 | S.CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(ToType, ER, | ||||||||
| 2000 | /*Diagnose=*/false, | ||||||||
| 2001 | /*DiagnoseCFAudited=*/false, | ||||||||
| 2002 | /*ConvertRHS=*/false); | ||||||||
| 2003 | ImplicitConversionKind SecondConv; | ||||||||
| 2004 | switch (Conv) { | ||||||||
| 2005 | case Sema::Compatible: | ||||||||
| 2006 | SecondConv = ICK_C_Only_Conversion; | ||||||||
| 2007 | break; | ||||||||
| 2008 | // For our purposes, discarding qualifiers is just as bad as using an | ||||||||
| 2009 | // incompatible pointer. Note that an IncompatiblePointer conversion can drop | ||||||||
| 2010 | // qualifiers, as well. | ||||||||
| 2011 | case Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: | ||||||||
| 2012 | case Sema::IncompatiblePointer: | ||||||||
| 2013 | case Sema::IncompatiblePointerSign: | ||||||||
| 2014 | SecondConv = ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||||||
| 2015 | break; | ||||||||
| 2016 | default: | ||||||||
| 2017 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2018 | } | ||||||||
| 2019 | |||||||||
| 2020 | // First can only be an lvalue conversion, so we pretend that this was the | ||||||||
| 2021 | // second conversion. First should already be valid from earlier in the | ||||||||
| 2022 | // function. | ||||||||
| 2023 | SCS.Second = SecondConv; | ||||||||
| 2024 | SCS.setToType(1, ToType); | ||||||||
| 2025 | |||||||||
| 2026 | // Third is Identity, because Second should rank us worse than any other | ||||||||
| 2027 | // conversion. This could also be ICK_Qualification, but it's simpler to just | ||||||||
| 2028 | // lump everything in with the second conversion, and we don't gain anything | ||||||||
| 2029 | // from making this ICK_Qualification. | ||||||||
| 2030 | SCS.Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
| 2031 | SCS.setToType(2, ToType); | ||||||||
| 2032 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2033 | } | ||||||||
| 2034 | |||||||||
| 2035 | static bool | ||||||||
| 2036 | IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, | ||||||||
| 2037 | QualType &ToType, | ||||||||
| 2038 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
| 2039 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||||
| 2040 | bool CStyle) { | ||||||||
| 2041 | |||||||||
| 2042 | const RecordType *UT = ToType->getAsUnionType(); | ||||||||
| 2043 | if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) | ||||||||
| 2044 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2045 | // The field to initialize within the transparent union. | ||||||||
| 2046 | RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); | ||||||||
| 2047 | // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields. | ||||||||
| 2048 | for (const auto *it : UD->fields()) { | ||||||||
| 2049 | if (IsStandardConversion(S, From, it->getType(), InOverloadResolution, SCS, | ||||||||
| 2050 | CStyle, /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false)) { | ||||||||
| 2051 | ToType = it->getType(); | ||||||||
| 2052 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2053 | } | ||||||||
| 2054 | } | ||||||||
| 2055 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2056 | } | ||||||||
| 2057 | |||||||||
| 2058 | /// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the | ||||||||
| 2059 | /// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to | ||||||||
| 2060 | /// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and | ||||||||
| 2061 | /// sets PromotedType to the promoted type. | ||||||||
| 2062 | bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||||||
| 2063 | const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); | ||||||||
| 2064 | // All integers are built-in. | ||||||||
| 2065 | if (!To) { | ||||||||
| 2066 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2067 | } | ||||||||
| 2068 | |||||||||
| 2069 | // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or | ||||||||
| 2070 | // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if | ||||||||
| 2071 | // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise, | ||||||||
| 2072 | // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned | ||||||||
| 2073 | // int (C++ 4.5p1). | ||||||||
| 2074 | if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType() && | ||||||||
| 2075 | !FromType->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||||||
| 2076 | if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int | ||||||||
| 2077 | (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() || | ||||||||
| 2078 | // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is | ||||||||
| 2079 | // less than int to an int. | ||||||||
| 2080 | Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType))) { | ||||||||
| 2081 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int; | ||||||||
| 2082 | } | ||||||||
| 2083 | |||||||||
| 2084 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt; | ||||||||
| 2085 | } | ||||||||
| 2086 | |||||||||
| 2087 | // C++11 [conv.prom]p3: | ||||||||
| 2088 | // A prvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is not | ||||||||
| 2089 | // fixed (7.2) can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of the first of the | ||||||||
| 2090 | // following types that can represent all the values of the enumeration | ||||||||
| 2091 | // (i.e., the values in the range bmin to bmax as described in 7.2): int, | ||||||||
| 2092 | // unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or unsigned | ||||||||
| 2093 | // long long int. If none of the types in that list can represent all the | ||||||||
| 2094 | // values of the enumeration, an rvalue a prvalue of an unscoped enumeration | ||||||||
| 2095 | // type can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of the extended integer type | ||||||||
| 2096 | // with lowest integer conversion rank (4.13) greater than the rank of long | ||||||||
| 2097 | // long in which all the values of the enumeration can be represented. If | ||||||||
| 2098 | // there are two such extended types, the signed one is chosen. | ||||||||
| 2099 | // C++11 [conv.prom]p4: | ||||||||
| 2100 | // A prvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is fixed | ||||||||
| 2101 | // can be converted to a prvalue of its underlying type. Moreover, if | ||||||||
| 2102 | // integral promotion can be applied to its underlying type, a prvalue of an | ||||||||
| 2103 | // unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is fixed can also be | ||||||||
| 2104 | // converted to a prvalue of the promoted underlying type. | ||||||||
| 2105 | if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>()) { | ||||||||
| 2106 | // C++0x 7.2p9: Note that this implicit enum to int conversion is not | ||||||||
| 2107 | // provided for a scoped enumeration. | ||||||||
| 2108 | if (FromEnumType->getDecl()->isScoped()) | ||||||||
| 2109 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2110 | |||||||||
| 2111 | // We can perform an integral promotion to the underlying type of the enum, | ||||||||
| 2112 | // even if that's not the promoted type. Note that the check for promoting | ||||||||
| 2113 | // the underlying type is based on the type alone, and does not consider | ||||||||
| 2114 | // the bitfield-ness of the actual source expression. | ||||||||
| 2115 | if (FromEnumType->getDecl()->isFixed()) { | ||||||||
| 2116 | QualType Underlying = FromEnumType->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); | ||||||||
| 2117 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Underlying, ToType) || | ||||||||
| 2118 | IsIntegralPromotion(nullptr, Underlying, ToType); | ||||||||
| 2119 | } | ||||||||
| 2120 | |||||||||
| 2121 | // We have already pre-calculated the promotion type, so this is trivial. | ||||||||
| 2122 | if (ToType->isIntegerType() && | ||||||||
| 2123 | isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), FromType)) | ||||||||
| 2124 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | ||||||||
| 2125 | ToType, FromEnumType->getDecl()->getPromotionType()); | ||||||||
| 2126 | |||||||||
| 2127 | // C++ [conv.prom]p5: | ||||||||
| 2128 | // If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any other | ||||||||
| 2129 | // value of that type for promotion purposes. | ||||||||
| 2130 | // | ||||||||
| 2131 | // ... so do not fall through into the bit-field checks below in C++. | ||||||||
| 2132 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||||
| 2133 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2134 | } | ||||||||
| 2135 | |||||||||
| 2136 | // C++0x [conv.prom]p2: | ||||||||
| 2137 | // A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t (3.9.1) can be converted | ||||||||
| 2138 | // to an rvalue a prvalue of the first of the following types that can | ||||||||
| 2139 | // represent all the values of its underlying type: int, unsigned int, | ||||||||
| 2140 | // long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. | ||||||||
| 2141 | // If none of the types in that list can represent all the values of its | ||||||||
| 2142 | // underlying type, an rvalue a prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, | ||||||||
| 2143 | // or wchar_t can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of its underlying | ||||||||
| 2144 | // type. | ||||||||
| 2145 | if (FromType->isAnyCharacterType() && !FromType->isCharType() && | ||||||||
| 2146 | ToType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||||||
| 2147 | // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or | ||||||||
| 2148 | // unsigned. | ||||||||
| 2149 | bool FromIsSigned = FromType->isSignedIntegerType(); | ||||||||
| 2150 | uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType); | ||||||||
| 2151 | |||||||||
| 2152 | // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate | ||||||||
| 2153 | // order. Try each of these types. | ||||||||
| 2154 | QualType PromoteTypes[6] = { | ||||||||
| 2155 | Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, | ||||||||
| 2156 | Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy , | ||||||||
| 2157 | Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy | ||||||||
| 2158 | }; | ||||||||
| 2159 | for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) { | ||||||||
| 2160 | uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); | ||||||||
| 2161 | if (FromSize < ToSize || | ||||||||
| 2162 | (FromSize == ToSize && | ||||||||
| 2163 | FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) { | ||||||||
| 2164 | // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the | ||||||||
| 2165 | // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no | ||||||||
| 2166 | // promotion. | ||||||||
| 2167 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, PromoteTypes[Idx]); | ||||||||
| 2168 | } | ||||||||
| 2169 | } | ||||||||
| 2170 | } | ||||||||
| 2171 | |||||||||
| 2172 | // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an | ||||||||
| 2173 | // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the | ||||||||
| 2174 | // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if | ||||||||
| 2175 | // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If | ||||||||
| 2176 | // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to | ||||||||
| 2177 | // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any | ||||||||
| 2178 | // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3). | ||||||||
| 2179 | // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the | ||||||||
| 2180 | // conversion. | ||||||||
| 2181 | // | ||||||||
| 2182 | // FIXME: In C, only bit-fields of types _Bool, int, or unsigned int may be | ||||||||
| 2183 | // promoted, per C11 6.3.1.1/2. We promote all bit-fields (including enum | ||||||||
| 2184 | // bit-fields and those whose underlying type is larger than int) for GCC | ||||||||
| 2185 | // compatibility. | ||||||||
| 2186 | if (From) { | ||||||||
| 2187 | if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getSourceBitField()) { | ||||||||
| 2188 | Optional<llvm::APSInt> BitWidth; | ||||||||
| 2189 | if (FromType->isIntegralType(Context) && | ||||||||
| 2190 | (BitWidth = | ||||||||
| 2191 | MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context))) { | ||||||||
| 2192 | llvm::APSInt ToSize(BitWidth->getBitWidth(), BitWidth->isUnsigned()); | ||||||||
| 2193 | ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType); | ||||||||
| 2194 | |||||||||
| 2195 | // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int? | ||||||||
| 2196 | if (*BitWidth < ToSize || | ||||||||
| 2197 | (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && *BitWidth <= ToSize)) { | ||||||||
| 2198 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int; | ||||||||
| 2199 | } | ||||||||
| 2200 | |||||||||
| 2201 | // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield | ||||||||
| 2202 | // that fits into an unsigned int? | ||||||||
| 2203 | if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && *BitWidth <= ToSize) { | ||||||||
| 2204 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt; | ||||||||
| 2205 | } | ||||||||
| 2206 | |||||||||
| 2207 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2208 | } | ||||||||
| 2209 | } | ||||||||
| 2210 | } | ||||||||
| 2211 | |||||||||
| 2212 | // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int, | ||||||||
| 2213 | // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4). | ||||||||
| 2214 | if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) { | ||||||||
| 2215 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2216 | } | ||||||||
| 2217 | |||||||||
| 2218 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2219 | } | ||||||||
| 2220 | |||||||||
| 2221 | /// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from | ||||||||
| 2222 | /// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so, | ||||||||
| 2223 | /// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type. | ||||||||
| 2224 | bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||||||
| 2225 | if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) | ||||||||
| 2226 | if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { | ||||||||
| 2227 | /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type | ||||||||
| 2228 | /// double. (C++ 4.6p1). | ||||||||
| 2229 | if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float && | ||||||||
| 2230 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) | ||||||||
| 2231 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2232 | |||||||||
| 2233 | // C99 6.3.1.5p1: | ||||||||
| 2234 | // When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a | ||||||||
| 2235 | // double is promoted to long double [...]. | ||||||||
| 2236 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||||
| 2237 | (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || | ||||||||
| 2238 | FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) && | ||||||||
| 2239 | (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble || | ||||||||
| 2240 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float128)) | ||||||||
| 2241 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2242 | |||||||||
| 2243 | // Half can be promoted to float. | ||||||||
| 2244 | if (!getLangOpts().NativeHalfType && | ||||||||
| 2245 | FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half && | ||||||||
| 2246 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) | ||||||||
| 2247 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2248 | } | ||||||||
| 2249 | |||||||||
| 2250 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2251 | } | ||||||||
| 2252 | |||||||||
| 2253 | /// Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion. | ||||||||
| 2254 | /// | ||||||||
| 2255 | /// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion | ||||||||
| 2256 | /// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a | ||||||||
| 2257 | /// floating-point or integral promotion. | ||||||||
| 2258 | bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||||||
| 2259 | const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>(); | ||||||||
| 2260 | if (!FromComplex) | ||||||||
| 2261 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2262 | |||||||||
| 2263 | const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>(); | ||||||||
| 2264 | if (!ToComplex) | ||||||||
| 2265 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2266 | |||||||||
| 2267 | return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(), | ||||||||
| 2268 | ToComplex->getElementType()) || | ||||||||
| 2269 | IsIntegralPromotion(nullptr, FromComplex->getElementType(), | ||||||||
| 2270 | ToComplex->getElementType()); | ||||||||
| 2271 | } | ||||||||
| 2272 | |||||||||
| 2273 | /// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from | ||||||||
| 2274 | /// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the | ||||||||
| 2275 | /// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType, | ||||||||
| 2276 | /// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have | ||||||||
| 2277 | /// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee. | ||||||||
| 2278 | /// | ||||||||
| 2279 | static QualType | ||||||||
| 2280 | BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const Type *FromPtr, | ||||||||
| 2281 | QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 2282 | ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
| 2283 | bool StripObjCLifetime = false) { | ||||||||
| 2284 | assert((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer ||(((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr-> getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && \"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 2286, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 2285 | FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) &&(((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr-> getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && \"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 2286, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 2286 | "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type")(((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr-> getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && \"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 2286, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 2287 | |||||||||
| 2288 | /// Conversions to 'id' subsume cv-qualifier conversions. | ||||||||
| 2289 | if (ToType->isObjCIdType() || ToType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) | ||||||||
| 2290 | return ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 2291 | |||||||||
| 2292 | QualType CanonFromPointee | ||||||||
| 2293 | = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType()); | ||||||||
| 2294 | QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee); | ||||||||
| 2295 | Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 2296 | |||||||||
| 2297 | if (StripObjCLifetime) | ||||||||
| 2298 | Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
| 2299 | |||||||||
| 2300 | // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to. | ||||||||
| 2301 | if (CanonToPointee.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals) { | ||||||||
| 2302 | // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it. | ||||||||
| 2303 | if (!ToType.isNull()) | ||||||||
| 2304 | return ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 2305 | |||||||||
| 2306 | // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers | ||||||||
| 2307 | // already. | ||||||||
| 2308 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(ToType)) | ||||||||
| 2309 | return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(ToPointee); | ||||||||
| 2310 | return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee); | ||||||||
| 2311 | } | ||||||||
| 2312 | |||||||||
| 2313 | // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 2314 | QualType QualifiedCanonToPointee | ||||||||
| 2315 | = Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getLocalUnqualifiedType(), Quals); | ||||||||
| 2316 | |||||||||
| 2317 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(ToType)) | ||||||||
| 2318 | return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(QualifiedCanonToPointee); | ||||||||
| 2319 | return Context.getPointerType(QualifiedCanonToPointee); | ||||||||
| 2320 | } | ||||||||
| 2321 | |||||||||
| 2322 | static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr, | ||||||||
| 2323 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
| 2324 | ASTContext &Context) { | ||||||||
| 2325 | // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly. | ||||||||
| 2326 | // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903 | ||||||||
| 2327 | if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() && | ||||||||
| 2328 | Expr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !Expr->getType()->isEnumeralType()) | ||||||||
| 2329 | return !InOverloadResolution; | ||||||||
| 2330 | |||||||||
| 2331 | return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||||||
| 2332 | InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull | ||||||||
| 2333 | : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); | ||||||||
| 2334 | } | ||||||||
| 2335 | |||||||||
| 2336 | /// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the | ||||||||
| 2337 | /// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, | ||||||||
| 2338 | /// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++ | ||||||||
| 2339 | /// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that | ||||||||
| 2340 | /// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into | ||||||||
| 2341 | /// ConvertedType. | ||||||||
| 2342 | /// | ||||||||
| 2343 | /// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers | ||||||||
| 2344 | /// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and | ||||||||
| 2345 | /// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the | ||||||||
| 2346 | /// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to | ||||||||
| 2347 | /// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however, | ||||||||
| 2348 | /// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer | ||||||||
| 2349 | /// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be | ||||||||
| 2350 | /// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that | ||||||||
| 2351 | /// should result in a warning. | ||||||||
| 2352 | bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 2353 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
| 2354 | QualType& ConvertedType, | ||||||||
| 2355 | bool &IncompatibleObjC) { | ||||||||
| 2356 | IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||||
| 2357 | if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType, | ||||||||
| 2358 | IncompatibleObjC)) | ||||||||
| 2359 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2360 | |||||||||
| 2361 | // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type. | ||||||||
| 2362 | if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | ||||||||
| 2363 | isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||||||
| 2364 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||||
| 2365 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2366 | } | ||||||||
| 2367 | |||||||||
| 2368 | // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*. | ||||||||
| 2369 | if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() && | ||||||||
| 2370 | ToType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||
| 2371 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||||
| 2372 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2373 | } | ||||||||
| 2374 | // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block | ||||||||
| 2375 | // pointer type. | ||||||||
| 2376 | if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() && | ||||||||
| 2377 | isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||||||
| 2378 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||||
| 2379 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2380 | } | ||||||||
| 2381 | |||||||||
| 2382 | // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null | ||||||||
| 2383 | // pointer constant. | ||||||||
| 2384 | if (ToType->isNullPtrType() && | ||||||||
| 2385 | isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||||||
| 2386 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||||
| 2387 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2388 | } | ||||||||
| 2389 | |||||||||
| 2390 | const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 2391 | if (!ToTypePtr) | ||||||||
| 2392 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2393 | |||||||||
| 2394 | // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1). | ||||||||
| 2395 | if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||||||
| 2396 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||||
| 2397 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2398 | } | ||||||||
| 2399 | |||||||||
| 2400 | // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers | ||||||||
| 2401 | // , including objective-c pointers. | ||||||||
| 2402 | QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 2403 | if (FromType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType() && | ||||||||
| 2404 | !getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { | ||||||||
| 2405 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType( | ||||||||
| 2406 | FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), | ||||||||
| 2407 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||||
| 2408 | ToType, Context); | ||||||||
| 2409 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2410 | } | ||||||||
| 2411 | const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 2412 | if (!FromTypePtr) | ||||||||
| 2413 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2414 | |||||||||
| 2415 | QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 2416 | |||||||||
| 2417 | // If the unqualified pointee types are the same, this can't be a | ||||||||
| 2418 | // pointer conversion, so don't do all of the work below. | ||||||||
| 2419 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) | ||||||||
| 2420 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2421 | |||||||||
| 2422 | // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type, | ||||||||
| 2423 | // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++ | ||||||||
| 2424 | // 4.10p2). | ||||||||
| 2425 | if (FromPointeeType->isIncompleteOrObjectType() && | ||||||||
| 2426 | ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||
| 2427 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||||
| 2428 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||||
| 2429 | ToType, Context, | ||||||||
| 2430 | /*StripObjCLifetime=*/true); | ||||||||
| 2431 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2432 | } | ||||||||
| 2433 | |||||||||
| 2434 | // MSVC allows implicit function to void* type conversion. | ||||||||
| 2435 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && FromPointeeType->isFunctionType() && | ||||||||
| 2436 | ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||
| 2437 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||||
| 2438 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||||
| 2439 | ToType, Context); | ||||||||
| 2440 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2441 | } | ||||||||
| 2442 | |||||||||
| 2443 | // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer | ||||||||
| 2444 | // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types. | ||||||||
| 2445 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||||
| 2446 | Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||||||
| 2447 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||||
| 2448 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||||
| 2449 | ToType, Context); | ||||||||
| 2450 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2451 | } | ||||||||
| 2452 | |||||||||
| 2453 | // C++ [conv.ptr]p3: | ||||||||
| 2454 | // | ||||||||
| 2455 | // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type, | ||||||||
| 2456 | // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where | ||||||||
| 2457 | // B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible | ||||||||
| 2458 | // (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that | ||||||||
| 2459 | // necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the | ||||||||
| 2460 | // conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the | ||||||||
| 2461 | // derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to | ||||||||
| 2462 | // the null pointer value of the destination type. | ||||||||
| 2463 | // | ||||||||
| 2464 | // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility | ||||||||
| 2465 | // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion. | ||||||||
| 2466 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && | ||||||||
| 2467 | ToPointeeType->isRecordType() && | ||||||||
| 2468 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType) && | ||||||||
| 2469 | IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||||||
| 2470 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||||
| 2471 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||||
| 2472 | ToType, Context); | ||||||||
| 2473 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2474 | } | ||||||||
| 2475 | |||||||||
| 2476 | if (FromPointeeType->isVectorType() && ToPointeeType->isVectorType() && | ||||||||
| 2477 | Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||||||
| 2478 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||||
| 2479 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||||
| 2480 | ToType, Context); | ||||||||
| 2481 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2482 | } | ||||||||
| 2483 | |||||||||
| 2484 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2485 | } | ||||||||
| 2486 | |||||||||
| 2487 | /// Adopt the given qualifiers for the given type. | ||||||||
| 2488 | static QualType AdoptQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, Qualifiers Qs){ | ||||||||
| 2489 | Qualifiers TQs = T.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 2490 | |||||||||
| 2491 | // Check whether qualifiers already match. | ||||||||
| 2492 | if (TQs == Qs) | ||||||||
| 2493 | return T; | ||||||||
| 2494 | |||||||||
| 2495 | if (Qs.compatiblyIncludes(TQs)) | ||||||||
| 2496 | return Context.getQualifiedType(T, Qs); | ||||||||
| 2497 | |||||||||
| 2498 | return Context.getQualifiedType(T.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs); | ||||||||
| 2499 | } | ||||||||
| 2500 | |||||||||
| 2501 | /// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an | ||||||||
| 2502 | /// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion, | ||||||||
| 2503 | /// with the same arguments and return values. | ||||||||
| 2504 | bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 2505 | QualType& ConvertedType, | ||||||||
| 2506 | bool &IncompatibleObjC) { | ||||||||
| 2507 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||||||
| 2508 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2509 | |||||||||
| 2510 | // The set of qualifiers on the type we're converting from. | ||||||||
| 2511 | Qualifiers FromQualifiers = FromType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 2512 | |||||||||
| 2513 | // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types. | ||||||||
| 2514 | const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr = | ||||||||
| 2515 | ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 2516 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr = | ||||||||
| 2517 | FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 2518 | |||||||||
| 2519 | if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) { | ||||||||
| 2520 | // If the pointee types are the same (ignoring qualifications), | ||||||||
| 2521 | // then this is not a pointer conversion. | ||||||||
| 2522 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||||||
| 2523 | FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType())) | ||||||||
| 2524 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2525 | |||||||||
| 2526 | // Conversion between Objective-C pointers. | ||||||||
| 2527 | if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) { | ||||||||
| 2528 | const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = ToObjCPtr->getInterfaceType(); | ||||||||
| 2529 | const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = FromObjCPtr->getInterfaceType(); | ||||||||
| 2530 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHS && RHS && | ||||||||
| 2531 | !ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs( | ||||||||
| 2532 | FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType())) | ||||||||
| 2533 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2534 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromObjCPtr, | ||||||||
| 2535 | ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||||||
| 2536 | ToType, Context); | ||||||||
| 2537 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||||
| 2538 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2539 | } | ||||||||
| 2540 | |||||||||
| 2541 | if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) { | ||||||||
| 2542 | // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C | ||||||||
| 2543 | // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to | ||||||||
| 2544 | // complain about it. | ||||||||
| 2545 | IncompatibleObjC = true; | ||||||||
| 2546 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromObjCPtr, | ||||||||
| 2547 | ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||||||
| 2548 | ToType, Context); | ||||||||
| 2549 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||||
| 2550 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2551 | } | ||||||||
| 2552 | } | ||||||||
| 2553 | // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers. | ||||||||
| 2554 | QualType ToPointeeType; | ||||||||
| 2555 | if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
| 2556 | ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 2557 | else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = | ||||||||
| 2558 | ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { | ||||||||
| 2559 | // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to any object | ||||||||
| 2560 | // to a block pointer type. | ||||||||
| 2561 | if (FromObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) { | ||||||||
| 2562 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||||
| 2563 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2564 | } | ||||||||
| 2565 | ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 2566 | } | ||||||||
| 2567 | else if (FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() && | ||||||||
| 2568 | ToObjCPtr && ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) { | ||||||||
| 2569 | // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a block pointer type to a | ||||||||
| 2570 | // pointer to any object. | ||||||||
| 2571 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||||
| 2572 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2573 | } | ||||||||
| 2574 | else | ||||||||
| 2575 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2576 | |||||||||
| 2577 | QualType FromPointeeType; | ||||||||
| 2578 | if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
| 2579 | FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 2580 | else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = | ||||||||
| 2581 | FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) | ||||||||
| 2582 | FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 2583 | else | ||||||||
| 2584 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2585 | |||||||||
| 2586 | // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this | ||||||||
| 2587 | // is an Objective-C conversion. | ||||||||
| 2588 | if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() && | ||||||||
| 2589 | isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType, | ||||||||
| 2590 | IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||||
| 2591 | // We always complain about this conversion. | ||||||||
| 2592 | IncompatibleObjC = true; | ||||||||
| 2593 | ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(ConvertedType); | ||||||||
| 2594 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||||
| 2595 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2596 | } | ||||||||
| 2597 | // Allow conversion of pointee being objective-c pointer to another one; | ||||||||
| 2598 | // as in I* to id. | ||||||||
| 2599 | if (FromPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() && | ||||||||
| 2600 | ToPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() && | ||||||||
| 2601 | isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType, | ||||||||
| 2602 | IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||||
| 2603 | |||||||||
| 2604 | ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(ConvertedType); | ||||||||
| 2605 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||||
| 2606 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2607 | } | ||||||||
| 2608 | |||||||||
| 2609 | // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only | ||||||||
| 2610 | // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C | ||||||||
| 2611 | // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but | ||||||||
| 2612 | // complain about it). | ||||||||
| 2613 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType | ||||||||
| 2614 | = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
| 2615 | const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType | ||||||||
| 2616 | = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
| 2617 | if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) { | ||||||||
| 2618 | // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an | ||||||||
| 2619 | // Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||||
| 2620 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType) | ||||||||
| 2621 | == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType)) | ||||||||
| 2622 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2623 | |||||||||
| 2624 | // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these | ||||||||
| 2625 | // function types are obviously different. | ||||||||
| 2626 | if (FromFunctionType->getNumParams() != ToFunctionType->getNumParams() || | ||||||||
| 2627 | FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() || | ||||||||
| 2628 | FromFunctionType->getMethodQuals() != ToFunctionType->getMethodQuals()) | ||||||||
| 2629 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2630 | |||||||||
| 2631 | bool HasObjCConversion = false; | ||||||||
| 2632 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getReturnType()) == | ||||||||
| 2633 | Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getReturnType())) { | ||||||||
| 2634 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||||||
| 2635 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getReturnType(), | ||||||||
| 2636 | ToFunctionType->getReturnType(), | ||||||||
| 2637 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||||
| 2638 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||||
| 2639 | HasObjCConversion = true; | ||||||||
| 2640 | } else { | ||||||||
| 2641 | // Function types are too different. Abort. | ||||||||
| 2642 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2643 | } | ||||||||
| 2644 | |||||||||
| 2645 | // Check argument types. | ||||||||
| 2646 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumParams(); | ||||||||
| 2647 | ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||||
| 2648 | QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||||
| 2649 | QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||||
| 2650 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType) | ||||||||
| 2651 | == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) { | ||||||||
| 2652 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||||||
| 2653 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType, | ||||||||
| 2654 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||||
| 2655 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||||
| 2656 | HasObjCConversion = true; | ||||||||
| 2657 | } else { | ||||||||
| 2658 | // Argument types are too different. Abort. | ||||||||
| 2659 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2660 | } | ||||||||
| 2661 | } | ||||||||
| 2662 | |||||||||
| 2663 | if (HasObjCConversion) { | ||||||||
| 2664 | // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer | ||||||||
| 2665 | // conversion, but complain about it. | ||||||||
| 2666 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||||
| 2667 | IncompatibleObjC = true; | ||||||||
| 2668 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2669 | } | ||||||||
| 2670 | } | ||||||||
| 2671 | |||||||||
| 2672 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2673 | } | ||||||||
| 2674 | |||||||||
| 2675 | /// Determine whether this is an Objective-C writeback conversion, | ||||||||
| 2676 | /// used for parameter passing when performing automatic reference counting. | ||||||||
| 2677 | /// | ||||||||
| 2678 | /// \param FromType The type we're converting form. | ||||||||
| 2679 | /// | ||||||||
| 2680 | /// \param ToType The type we're converting to. | ||||||||
| 2681 | /// | ||||||||
| 2682 | /// \param ConvertedType The type that will be produced after applying | ||||||||
| 2683 | /// this conversion. | ||||||||
| 2684 | bool Sema::isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 2685 | QualType &ConvertedType) { | ||||||||
| 2686 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount || | ||||||||
| 2687 | Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||||||
| 2688 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2689 | |||||||||
| 2690 | // Parameter must be a pointer to __autoreleasing (with no other qualifiers). | ||||||||
| 2691 | QualType ToPointee; | ||||||||
| 2692 | if (const PointerType *ToPointer = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
| 2693 | ToPointee = ToPointer->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 2694 | else | ||||||||
| 2695 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2696 | |||||||||
| 2697 | Qualifiers ToQuals = ToPointee.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 2698 | if (!ToPointee->isObjCLifetimeType() || | ||||||||
| 2699 | ToQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing || | ||||||||
| 2700 | !ToQuals.withoutObjCLifetime().empty()) | ||||||||
| 2701 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2702 | |||||||||
| 2703 | // Argument must be a pointer to __strong to __weak. | ||||||||
| 2704 | QualType FromPointee; | ||||||||
| 2705 | if (const PointerType *FromPointer = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
| 2706 | FromPointee = FromPointer->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 2707 | else | ||||||||
| 2708 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2709 | |||||||||
| 2710 | Qualifiers FromQuals = FromPointee.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 2711 | if (!FromPointee->isObjCLifetimeType() || | ||||||||
| 2712 | (FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && | ||||||||
| 2713 | FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)) | ||||||||
| 2714 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2715 | |||||||||
| 2716 | // Make sure that we have compatible qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 2717 | FromQuals.setObjCLifetime(Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing); | ||||||||
| 2718 | if (!ToQuals.compatiblyIncludes(FromQuals)) | ||||||||
| 2719 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2720 | |||||||||
| 2721 | // Remove qualifiers from the pointee type we're converting from; they | ||||||||
| 2722 | // aren't used in the compatibility check belong, and we'll be adding back | ||||||||
| 2723 | // qualifiers (with __autoreleasing) if the compatibility check succeeds. | ||||||||
| 2724 | FromPointee = FromPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 2725 | |||||||||
| 2726 | // The unqualified form of the pointee types must be compatible. | ||||||||
| 2727 | ToPointee = ToPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 2728 | bool IncompatibleObjC; | ||||||||
| 2729 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointee, ToPointee)) | ||||||||
| 2730 | FromPointee = ToPointee; | ||||||||
| 2731 | else if (!isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointee, ToPointee, FromPointee, | ||||||||
| 2732 | IncompatibleObjC)) | ||||||||
| 2733 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2734 | |||||||||
| 2735 | /// Construct the type we're converting to, which is a pointer to | ||||||||
| 2736 | /// __autoreleasing pointee. | ||||||||
| 2737 | FromPointee = Context.getQualifiedType(FromPointee, FromQuals); | ||||||||
| 2738 | ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(FromPointee); | ||||||||
| 2739 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2740 | } | ||||||||
| 2741 | |||||||||
| 2742 | bool Sema::IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 2743 | QualType& ConvertedType) { | ||||||||
| 2744 | QualType ToPointeeType; | ||||||||
| 2745 | if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = | ||||||||
| 2746 | ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) | ||||||||
| 2747 | ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 2748 | else | ||||||||
| 2749 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2750 | |||||||||
| 2751 | QualType FromPointeeType; | ||||||||
| 2752 | if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = | ||||||||
| 2753 | FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) | ||||||||
| 2754 | FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 2755 | else | ||||||||
| 2756 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2757 | // We have pointer to blocks, check whether the only | ||||||||
| 2758 | // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C | ||||||||
| 2759 | // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion. | ||||||||
| 2760 | |||||||||
| 2761 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType | ||||||||
| 2762 | = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
| 2763 | const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType | ||||||||
| 2764 | = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
| 2765 | |||||||||
| 2766 | if (!FromFunctionType || !ToFunctionType) | ||||||||
| 2767 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2768 | |||||||||
| 2769 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) | ||||||||
| 2770 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2771 | |||||||||
| 2772 | // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these | ||||||||
| 2773 | // function types are obviously different. | ||||||||
| 2774 | if (FromFunctionType->getNumParams() != ToFunctionType->getNumParams() || | ||||||||
| 2775 | FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic()) | ||||||||
| 2776 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2777 | |||||||||
| 2778 | FunctionType::ExtInfo FromEInfo = FromFunctionType->getExtInfo(); | ||||||||
| 2779 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ToEInfo = ToFunctionType->getExtInfo(); | ||||||||
| 2780 | if (FromEInfo != ToEInfo) | ||||||||
| 2781 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2782 | |||||||||
| 2783 | bool IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||||
| 2784 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromFunctionType->getReturnType(), | ||||||||
| 2785 | ToFunctionType->getReturnType())) { | ||||||||
| 2786 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||||||
| 2787 | } else { | ||||||||
| 2788 | QualType RHS = FromFunctionType->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
| 2789 | QualType LHS = ToFunctionType->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
| 2790 | if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !RHS->isRecordType()) && | ||||||||
| 2791 | !RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()) | ||||||||
| 2792 | LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 2793 | |||||||||
| 2794 | if (Context.hasSameType(RHS,LHS)) { | ||||||||
| 2795 | // OK exact match. | ||||||||
| 2796 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(RHS, LHS, | ||||||||
| 2797 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||||
| 2798 | if (IncompatibleObjC) | ||||||||
| 2799 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2800 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||||
| 2801 | } | ||||||||
| 2802 | else | ||||||||
| 2803 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2804 | } | ||||||||
| 2805 | |||||||||
| 2806 | // Check argument types. | ||||||||
| 2807 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumParams(); | ||||||||
| 2808 | ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||||
| 2809 | IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||||
| 2810 | QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||||
| 2811 | QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||||
| 2812 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromArgType, ToArgType)) { | ||||||||
| 2813 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||||||
| 2814 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(ToArgType, FromArgType, | ||||||||
| 2815 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||||
| 2816 | if (IncompatibleObjC) | ||||||||
| 2817 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2818 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||||
| 2819 | } else | ||||||||
| 2820 | // Argument types are too different. Abort. | ||||||||
| 2821 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2822 | } | ||||||||
| 2823 | |||||||||
| 2824 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 4> NewParamInfos; | ||||||||
| 2825 | bool CanUseToFPT, CanUseFromFPT; | ||||||||
| 2826 | if (!Context.mergeExtParameterInfo(ToFunctionType, FromFunctionType, | ||||||||
| 2827 | CanUseToFPT, CanUseFromFPT, | ||||||||
| 2828 | NewParamInfos)) | ||||||||
| 2829 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2830 | |||||||||
| 2831 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||||
| 2832 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2833 | } | ||||||||
| 2834 | |||||||||
| 2835 | enum { | ||||||||
| 2836 | ft_default, | ||||||||
| 2837 | ft_different_class, | ||||||||
| 2838 | ft_parameter_arity, | ||||||||
| 2839 | ft_parameter_mismatch, | ||||||||
| 2840 | ft_return_type, | ||||||||
| 2841 | ft_qualifer_mismatch, | ||||||||
| 2842 | ft_noexcept | ||||||||
| 2843 | }; | ||||||||
| 2844 | |||||||||
| 2845 | /// Attempts to get the FunctionProtoType from a Type. Handles | ||||||||
| 2846 | /// MemberFunctionPointers properly. | ||||||||
| 2847 | static const FunctionProtoType *tryGetFunctionProtoType(QualType FromType) { | ||||||||
| 2848 | if (auto *FPT = FromType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | ||||||||
| 2849 | return FPT; | ||||||||
| 2850 | |||||||||
| 2851 | if (auto *MPT = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||||||
| 2852 | return MPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
| 2853 | |||||||||
| 2854 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 2855 | } | ||||||||
| 2856 | |||||||||
| 2857 | /// HandleFunctionTypeMismatch - Gives diagnostic information for differeing | ||||||||
| 2858 | /// function types. Catches different number of parameter, mismatch in | ||||||||
| 2859 | /// parameter types, and different return types. | ||||||||
| 2860 | void Sema::HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, | ||||||||
| 2861 | QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||||||
| 2862 | // If either type is not valid, include no extra info. | ||||||||
| 2863 | if (FromType.isNull() || ToType.isNull()) { | ||||||||
| 2864 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||||
| 2865 | return; | ||||||||
| 2866 | } | ||||||||
| 2867 | |||||||||
| 2868 | // Get the function type from the pointers. | ||||||||
| 2869 | if (FromType->isMemberPointerType() && ToType->isMemberPointerType()) { | ||||||||
| 2870 | const auto *FromMember = FromType->castAs<MemberPointerType>(), | ||||||||
| 2871 | *ToMember = ToType->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 2872 | if (!Context.hasSameType(FromMember->getClass(), ToMember->getClass())) { | ||||||||
| 2873 | PDiag << ft_different_class << QualType(ToMember->getClass(), 0) | ||||||||
| 2874 | << QualType(FromMember->getClass(), 0); | ||||||||
| 2875 | return; | ||||||||
| 2876 | } | ||||||||
| 2877 | FromType = FromMember->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 2878 | ToType = ToMember->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 2879 | } | ||||||||
| 2880 | |||||||||
| 2881 | if (FromType->isPointerType()) | ||||||||
| 2882 | FromType = FromType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 2883 | if (ToType->isPointerType()) | ||||||||
| 2884 | ToType = ToType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 2885 | |||||||||
| 2886 | // Remove references. | ||||||||
| 2887 | FromType = FromType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
| 2888 | ToType = ToType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
| 2889 | |||||||||
| 2890 | // Don't print extra info for non-specialized template functions. | ||||||||
| 2891 | if (FromType->isInstantiationDependentType() && | ||||||||
| 2892 | !FromType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { | ||||||||
| 2893 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||||
| 2894 | return; | ||||||||
| 2895 | } | ||||||||
| 2896 | |||||||||
| 2897 | // No extra info for same types. | ||||||||
| 2898 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||||
| 2899 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||||
| 2900 | return; | ||||||||
| 2901 | } | ||||||||
| 2902 | |||||||||
| 2903 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunction = tryGetFunctionProtoType(FromType), | ||||||||
| 2904 | *ToFunction = tryGetFunctionProtoType(ToType); | ||||||||
| 2905 | |||||||||
| 2906 | // Both types need to be function types. | ||||||||
| 2907 | if (!FromFunction || !ToFunction) { | ||||||||
| 2908 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||||
| 2909 | return; | ||||||||
| 2910 | } | ||||||||
| 2911 | |||||||||
| 2912 | if (FromFunction->getNumParams() != ToFunction->getNumParams()) { | ||||||||
| 2913 | PDiag << ft_parameter_arity << ToFunction->getNumParams() | ||||||||
| 2914 | << FromFunction->getNumParams(); | ||||||||
| 2915 | return; | ||||||||
| 2916 | } | ||||||||
| 2917 | |||||||||
| 2918 | // Handle different parameter types. | ||||||||
| 2919 | unsigned ArgPos; | ||||||||
| 2920 | if (!FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(FromFunction, ToFunction, &ArgPos)) { | ||||||||
| 2921 | PDiag << ft_parameter_mismatch << ArgPos + 1 | ||||||||
| 2922 | << ToFunction->getParamType(ArgPos) | ||||||||
| 2923 | << FromFunction->getParamType(ArgPos); | ||||||||
| 2924 | return; | ||||||||
| 2925 | } | ||||||||
| 2926 | |||||||||
| 2927 | // Handle different return type. | ||||||||
| 2928 | if (!Context.hasSameType(FromFunction->getReturnType(), | ||||||||
| 2929 | ToFunction->getReturnType())) { | ||||||||
| 2930 | PDiag << ft_return_type << ToFunction->getReturnType() | ||||||||
| 2931 | << FromFunction->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
| 2932 | return; | ||||||||
| 2933 | } | ||||||||
| 2934 | |||||||||
| 2935 | if (FromFunction->getMethodQuals() != ToFunction->getMethodQuals()) { | ||||||||
| 2936 | PDiag << ft_qualifer_mismatch << ToFunction->getMethodQuals() | ||||||||
| 2937 | << FromFunction->getMethodQuals(); | ||||||||
| 2938 | return; | ||||||||
| 2939 | } | ||||||||
| 2940 | |||||||||
| 2941 | // Handle exception specification differences on canonical type (in C++17 | ||||||||
| 2942 | // onwards). | ||||||||
| 2943 | if (cast<FunctionProtoType>(FromFunction->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified()) | ||||||||
| 2944 | ->isNothrow() != | ||||||||
| 2945 | cast<FunctionProtoType>(ToFunction->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified()) | ||||||||
| 2946 | ->isNothrow()) { | ||||||||
| 2947 | PDiag << ft_noexcept; | ||||||||
| 2948 | return; | ||||||||
| 2949 | } | ||||||||
| 2950 | |||||||||
| 2951 | // Unable to find a difference, so add no extra info. | ||||||||
| 2952 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||||
| 2953 | } | ||||||||
| 2954 | |||||||||
| 2955 | /// FunctionParamTypesAreEqual - This routine checks two function proto types | ||||||||
| 2956 | /// for equality of their argument types. Caller has already checked that | ||||||||
| 2957 | /// they have same number of arguments. If the parameters are different, | ||||||||
| 2958 | /// ArgPos will have the parameter index of the first different parameter. | ||||||||
| 2959 | bool Sema::FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, | ||||||||
| 2960 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType, | ||||||||
| 2961 | unsigned *ArgPos) { | ||||||||
| 2962 | for (FunctionProtoType::param_type_iterator O = OldType->param_type_begin(), | ||||||||
| 2963 | N = NewType->param_type_begin(), | ||||||||
| 2964 | E = OldType->param_type_end(); | ||||||||
| 2965 | O && (O != E); ++O, ++N) { | ||||||||
| 2966 | // Ignore address spaces in pointee type. This is to disallow overloading | ||||||||
| 2967 | // on __ptr32/__ptr64 address spaces. | ||||||||
| 2968 | QualType Old = Context.removePtrSizeAddrSpace(O->getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||||||
| 2969 | QualType New = Context.removePtrSizeAddrSpace(N->getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||||||
| 2970 | |||||||||
| 2971 | if (!Context.hasSameType(Old, New)) { | ||||||||
| 2972 | if (ArgPos) | ||||||||
| 2973 | *ArgPos = O - OldType->param_type_begin(); | ||||||||
| 2974 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2975 | } | ||||||||
| 2976 | } | ||||||||
| 2977 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2978 | } | ||||||||
| 2979 | |||||||||
| 2980 | /// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the | ||||||||
| 2981 | /// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for | ||||||||
| 2982 | /// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer | ||||||||
| 2983 | /// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned | ||||||||
| 2984 | /// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an | ||||||||
| 2985 | /// error, or returns false otherwise. | ||||||||
| 2986 | bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 2987 | CastKind &Kind, | ||||||||
| 2988 | CXXCastPath& BasePath, | ||||||||
| 2989 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess, | ||||||||
| 2990 | bool Diagnose) { | ||||||||
| 2991 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||||||
| 2992 | bool IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast = IgnoreBaseAccess; | ||||||||
| 2993 | |||||||||
| 2994 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||||||
| 2995 | |||||||||
| 2996 | if (Diagnose && !IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast && !FromType->isAnyPointerType() && | ||||||||
| 2997 | From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) == | ||||||||
| 2998 | Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression) { | ||||||||
| 2999 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(From->getType(), Context.BoolTy)) | ||||||||
| 3000 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(From->getExprLoc(), From, | ||||||||
| 3001 | PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_bool_to_null_pointer) | ||||||||
| 3002 | << ToType << From->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
| 3003 | else if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) | ||||||||
| 3004 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_non_literal_null_pointer) | ||||||||
| 3005 | << ToType << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 3006 | } | ||||||||
| 3007 | if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
| 3008 | if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
| 3009 | QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(), | ||||||||
| 3010 | ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 3011 | |||||||||
| 3012 | if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() && | ||||||||
| 3013 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||||||
| 3014 | // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an | ||||||||
| 3015 | // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion. | ||||||||
| 3016 | unsigned InaccessibleID = 0; | ||||||||
| 3017 | unsigned AmbiguousID = 0; | ||||||||
| 3018 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||||||
| 3019 | InaccessibleID = diag::err_upcast_to_inaccessible_base; | ||||||||
| 3020 | AmbiguousID = diag::err_ambiguous_derived_to_base_conv; | ||||||||
| 3021 | } | ||||||||
| 3022 | if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion( | ||||||||
| 3023 | FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, InaccessibleID, AmbiguousID, | ||||||||
| 3024 | From->getExprLoc(), From->getSourceRange(), DeclarationName(), | ||||||||
| 3025 | &BasePath, IgnoreBaseAccess)) | ||||||||
| 3026 | return true; | ||||||||
| 3027 | |||||||||
| 3028 | // The conversion was successful. | ||||||||
| 3029 | Kind = CK_DerivedToBase; | ||||||||
| 3030 | } | ||||||||
| 3031 | |||||||||
| 3032 | if (Diagnose && !IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast && | ||||||||
| 3033 | FromPointeeType->isFunctionType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||
| 3034 | assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&((getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && \"this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3035, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 3035 | "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!")((getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && \"this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3035, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 3036 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_ms_impcast_fn_obj) | ||||||||
| 3037 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 3038 | } | ||||||||
| 3039 | } | ||||||||
| 3040 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType = | ||||||||
| 3041 | ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||||
| 3042 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType = | ||||||||
| 3043 | FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||||
| 3044 | // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay. | ||||||||
| 3045 | // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the | ||||||||
| 3046 | // Objective-C++ implicit conversions. | ||||||||
| 3047 | if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType()) | ||||||||
| 3048 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3049 | } else if (FromType->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||||
| 3050 | Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||||||
| 3051 | } else { | ||||||||
| 3052 | Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||||||
| 3053 | } | ||||||||
| 3054 | } else if (ToType->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||||
| 3055 | if (!FromType->isBlockPointerType()) | ||||||||
| 3056 | Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast; | ||||||||
| 3057 | } | ||||||||
| 3058 | |||||||||
| 3059 | // We shouldn't fall into this case unless it's valid for other | ||||||||
| 3060 | // reasons. | ||||||||
| 3061 | if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) | ||||||||
| 3062 | Kind = CK_NullToPointer; | ||||||||
| 3063 | |||||||||
| 3064 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3065 | } | ||||||||
| 3066 | |||||||||
| 3067 | /// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the | ||||||||
| 3068 | /// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be | ||||||||
| 3069 | /// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11). | ||||||||
| 3070 | /// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from | ||||||||
| 3071 | /// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType. | ||||||||
| 3072 | bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, | ||||||||
| 3073 | QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 3074 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
| 3075 | QualType &ConvertedType) { | ||||||||
| 3076 | const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 3077 | if (!ToTypePtr) | ||||||||
| 3078 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3079 | |||||||||
| 3080 | // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1) | ||||||||
| 3081 | if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||||||
| 3082 | InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull | ||||||||
| 3083 | : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { | ||||||||
| 3084 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||||
| 3085 | return true; | ||||||||
| 3086 | } | ||||||||
| 3087 | |||||||||
| 3088 | // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers. | ||||||||
| 3089 | const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 3090 | if (!FromTypePtr) | ||||||||
| 3091 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3092 | |||||||||
| 3093 | // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D, | ||||||||
| 3094 | // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2). | ||||||||
| 3095 | QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0); | ||||||||
| 3096 | QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0); | ||||||||
| 3097 | |||||||||
| 3098 | if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromClass, ToClass) && | ||||||||
| 3099 | IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), ToClass, FromClass)) { | ||||||||
| 3100 | ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||||||
| 3101 | ToClass.getTypePtr()); | ||||||||
| 3102 | return true; | ||||||||
| 3103 | } | ||||||||
| 3104 | |||||||||
| 3105 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3106 | } | ||||||||
| 3107 | |||||||||
| 3108 | /// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the | ||||||||
| 3109 | /// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or | ||||||||
| 3110 | /// virtual or inaccessible base-to-derived member pointer conversions | ||||||||
| 3111 | /// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns | ||||||||
| 3112 | /// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false | ||||||||
| 3113 | /// otherwise. | ||||||||
| 3114 | bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 3115 | CastKind &Kind, | ||||||||
| 3116 | CXXCastPath &BasePath, | ||||||||
| 3117 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess) { | ||||||||
| 3118 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||||||
| 3119 | const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 3120 | if (!FromPtrType) { | ||||||||
| 3121 | // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion | ||||||||
| 3122 | assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,((From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull ) && "Expr must be null pointer constant!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && \"Expr must be null pointer constant!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3124, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 3123 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&((From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull ) && "Expr must be null pointer constant!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && \"Expr must be null pointer constant!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3124, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 3124 | "Expr must be null pointer constant!")((From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull ) && "Expr must be null pointer constant!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && \"Expr must be null pointer constant!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3124, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 3125 | Kind = CK_NullToMemberPointer; | ||||||||
| 3126 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3127 | } | ||||||||
| 3128 | |||||||||
| 3129 | const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 3130 | assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "((ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type " "that is not a member pointer.") ? static_cast<void> ( 0) : __assert_fail ("ToPtrType && \"No member pointer cast has a target type \" \"that is not a member pointer.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3131, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 3131 | "that is not a member pointer.")((ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type " "that is not a member pointer.") ? static_cast<void> ( 0) : __assert_fail ("ToPtrType && \"No member pointer cast has a target type \" \"that is not a member pointer.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3131, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 3132 | |||||||||
| 3133 | QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0); | ||||||||
| 3134 | QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0); | ||||||||
| 3135 | |||||||||
| 3136 | // FIXME: What about dependent types? | ||||||||
| 3137 | assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.")((FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FromClass->isRecordType() && \"Pointer into non-class.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3137, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 3138 | assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.")((ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ToClass->isRecordType() && \"Pointer into non-class.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3138, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 3139 | |||||||||
| 3140 | CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true, | ||||||||
| 3141 | /*DetectVirtual=*/true); | ||||||||
| 3142 | bool DerivationOkay = | ||||||||
| 3143 | IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), ToClass, FromClass, Paths); | ||||||||
| 3144 | assert(DerivationOkay &&((DerivationOkay && "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DerivationOkay && \"Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3145, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 3145 | "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.")((DerivationOkay && "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DerivationOkay && \"Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3145, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 3146 | (void)DerivationOkay; | ||||||||
| 3147 | |||||||||
| 3148 | if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass). | ||||||||
| 3149 | getUnqualifiedType())) { | ||||||||
| 3150 | std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths); | ||||||||
| 3151 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv) | ||||||||
| 3152 | << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 3153 | return true; | ||||||||
| 3154 | } | ||||||||
| 3155 | |||||||||
| 3156 | if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) { | ||||||||
| 3157 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual) | ||||||||
| 3158 | << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0) | ||||||||
| 3159 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 3160 | return true; | ||||||||
| 3161 | } | ||||||||
| 3162 | |||||||||
| 3163 | if (!IgnoreBaseAccess) | ||||||||
| 3164 | CheckBaseClassAccess(From->getExprLoc(), FromClass, ToClass, | ||||||||
| 3165 | Paths.front(), | ||||||||
| 3166 | diag::err_downcast_from_inaccessible_base); | ||||||||
| 3167 | |||||||||
| 3168 | // Must be a base to derived member conversion. | ||||||||
| 3169 | BuildBasePathArray(Paths, BasePath); | ||||||||
| 3170 | Kind = CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer; | ||||||||
| 3171 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3172 | } | ||||||||
| 3173 | |||||||||
| 3174 | /// Determine whether the lifetime conversion between the two given | ||||||||
| 3175 | /// qualifiers sets is nontrivial. | ||||||||
| 3176 | static bool isNonTrivialObjCLifetimeConversion(Qualifiers FromQuals, | ||||||||
| 3177 | Qualifiers ToQuals) { | ||||||||
| 3178 | // Converting anything to const __unsafe_unretained is trivial. | ||||||||
| 3179 | if (ToQuals.hasConst() && | ||||||||
| 3180 | ToQuals.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) | ||||||||
| 3181 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3182 | |||||||||
| 3183 | return true; | ||||||||
| 3184 | } | ||||||||
| 3185 | |||||||||
| 3186 | /// Perform a single iteration of the loop for checking if a qualification | ||||||||
| 3187 | /// conversion is valid. | ||||||||
| 3188 | /// | ||||||||
| 3189 | /// Specifically, check whether any change between the qualifiers of \p | ||||||||
| 3190 | /// FromType and \p ToType is permissible, given knowledge about whether every | ||||||||
| 3191 | /// outer layer is const-qualified. | ||||||||
| 3192 | static bool isQualificationConversionStep(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 3193 | bool CStyle, bool IsTopLevel, | ||||||||
| 3194 | bool &PreviousToQualsIncludeConst, | ||||||||
| 3195 | bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion) { | ||||||||
| 3196 | Qualifiers FromQuals = FromType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 3197 | Qualifiers ToQuals = ToType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 3198 | |||||||||
| 3199 | // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is void. | ||||||||
| 3200 | if (ToType.getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType()) | ||||||||
| 3201 | FromQuals.removeUnaligned(); | ||||||||
| 3202 | |||||||||
| 3203 | // Objective-C ARC: | ||||||||
| 3204 | // Check Objective-C lifetime conversions. | ||||||||
| 3205 | if (FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != ToQuals.getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||||||
| 3206 | if (ToQuals.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(FromQuals)) { | ||||||||
| 3207 | if (isNonTrivialObjCLifetimeConversion(FromQuals, ToQuals)) | ||||||||
| 3208 | ObjCLifetimeConversion = true; | ||||||||
| 3209 | FromQuals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
| 3210 | ToQuals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
| 3211 | } else { | ||||||||
| 3212 | // Qualification conversions cannot cast between different | ||||||||
| 3213 | // Objective-C lifetime qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 3214 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3215 | } | ||||||||
| 3216 | } | ||||||||
| 3217 | |||||||||
| 3218 | // Allow addition/removal of GC attributes but not changing GC attributes. | ||||||||
| 3219 | if (FromQuals.getObjCGCAttr() != ToQuals.getObjCGCAttr() && | ||||||||
| 3220 | (!FromQuals.hasObjCGCAttr() || !ToQuals.hasObjCGCAttr())) { | ||||||||
| 3221 | FromQuals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||||
| 3222 | ToQuals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||||
| 3223 | } | ||||||||
| 3224 | |||||||||
| 3225 | // -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv | ||||||||
| 3226 | // 2,j, and similarly for volatile. | ||||||||
| 3227 | if (!CStyle && !ToQuals.compatiblyIncludes(FromQuals)) | ||||||||
| 3228 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3229 | |||||||||
| 3230 | // If address spaces mismatch: | ||||||||
| 3231 | // - in top level it is only valid to convert to addr space that is a | ||||||||
| 3232 | // superset in all cases apart from C-style casts where we allow | ||||||||
| 3233 | // conversions between overlapping address spaces. | ||||||||
| 3234 | // - in non-top levels it is not a valid conversion. | ||||||||
| 3235 | if (ToQuals.getAddressSpace() != FromQuals.getAddressSpace() && | ||||||||
| 3236 | (!IsTopLevel || | ||||||||
| 3237 | !(ToQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(FromQuals) || | ||||||||
| 3238 | (CStyle && FromQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(ToQuals))))) | ||||||||
| 3239 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3240 | |||||||||
| 3241 | // -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in | ||||||||
| 3242 | // every cv for 0 < k < j. | ||||||||
| 3243 | if (!CStyle && FromQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != ToQuals.getCVRQualifiers() && | ||||||||
| 3244 | !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst) | ||||||||
| 3245 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3246 | |||||||||
| 3247 | // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type | ||||||||
| 3248 | // include const. | ||||||||
| 3249 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = | ||||||||
| 3250 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToQuals.hasConst(); | ||||||||
| 3251 | return true; | ||||||||
| 3252 | } | ||||||||
| 3253 | |||||||||
| 3254 | /// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from | ||||||||
| 3255 | /// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion | ||||||||
| 3256 | /// (C++ 4.4). | ||||||||
| 3257 | /// | ||||||||
| 3258 | /// \param ObjCLifetimeConversion Output parameter that will be set to indicate | ||||||||
| 3259 | /// when the qualification conversion involves a change in the Objective-C | ||||||||
| 3260 | /// object lifetime. | ||||||||
| 3261 | bool | ||||||||
| 3262 | Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 3263 | bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion) { | ||||||||
| 3264 | FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||||||
| 3265 | ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); | ||||||||
| 3266 | ObjCLifetimeConversion = false; | ||||||||
| 3267 | |||||||||
| 3268 | // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a | ||||||||
| 3269 | // qualification conversion. | ||||||||
| 3270 | if (FromType.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType.getUnqualifiedType()) | ||||||||
| 3271 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3272 | |||||||||
| 3273 | // (C++ 4.4p4): | ||||||||
| 3274 | // A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first | ||||||||
| 3275 | // in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...] | ||||||||
| 3276 | bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true; | ||||||||
| 3277 | bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false; | ||||||||
| 3278 | while (Context.UnwrapSimilarTypes(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||||
| 3279 | if (!isQualificationConversionStep( | ||||||||
| 3280 | FromType, ToType, CStyle, !UnwrappedAnyPointer, | ||||||||
| 3281 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst, ObjCLifetimeConversion)) | ||||||||
| 3282 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3283 | UnwrappedAnyPointer = true; | ||||||||
| 3284 | } | ||||||||
| 3285 | |||||||||
| 3286 | // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types | ||||||||
| 3287 | // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number | ||||||||
| 3288 | // of times. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and | ||||||||
| 3289 | // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked | ||||||||
| 3290 | // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion. | ||||||||
| 3291 | return UnwrappedAnyPointer && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType,ToType); | ||||||||
| 3292 | } | ||||||||
| 3293 | |||||||||
| 3294 | /// - Determine whether this is a conversion from a scalar type to an | ||||||||
| 3295 | /// atomic type. | ||||||||
| 3296 | /// | ||||||||
| 3297 | /// If successful, updates \c SCS's second and third steps in the conversion | ||||||||
| 3298 | /// sequence to finish the conversion. | ||||||||
| 3299 | static bool tryAtomicConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 3300 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
| 3301 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||||
| 3302 | bool CStyle) { | ||||||||
| 3303 | const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>(); | ||||||||
| 3304 | if (!ToAtomic) | ||||||||
| 3305 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3306 | |||||||||
| 3307 | StandardConversionSequence InnerSCS; | ||||||||
| 3308 | if (!IsStandardConversion(S, From, ToAtomic->getValueType(), | ||||||||
| 3309 | InOverloadResolution, InnerSCS, | ||||||||
| 3310 | CStyle, /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false)) | ||||||||
| 3311 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3312 | |||||||||
| 3313 | SCS.Second = InnerSCS.Second; | ||||||||
| 3314 | SCS.setToType(1, InnerSCS.getToType(1)); | ||||||||
| 3315 | SCS.Third = InnerSCS.Third; | ||||||||
| 3316 | SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime | ||||||||
| 3317 | = InnerSCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime; | ||||||||
| 3318 | SCS.setToType(2, InnerSCS.getToType(2)); | ||||||||
| 3319 | return true; | ||||||||
| 3320 | } | ||||||||
| 3321 | |||||||||
| 3322 | static bool isFirstArgumentCompatibleWithType(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
| 3323 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, | ||||||||
| 3324 | QualType Type) { | ||||||||
| 3325 | const auto *CtorType = Constructor->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
| 3326 | if (CtorType->getNumParams() > 0) { | ||||||||
| 3327 | QualType FirstArg = CtorType->getParamType(0); | ||||||||
| 3328 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, FirstArg.getNonReferenceType())) | ||||||||
| 3329 | return true; | ||||||||
| 3330 | } | ||||||||
| 3331 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3332 | } | ||||||||
| 3333 | |||||||||
| 3334 | static OverloadingResult | ||||||||
| 3335 | IsInitializerListConstructorConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 3336 | CXXRecordDecl *To, | ||||||||
| 3337 | UserDefinedConversionSequence &User, | ||||||||
| 3338 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||||
| 3339 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||||
| 3340 | CandidateSet.clear(OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||||||
| 3341 | for (auto *D : S.LookupConstructors(To)) { | ||||||||
| 3342 | auto Info = getConstructorInfo(D); | ||||||||
| 3343 | if (!Info) | ||||||||
| 3344 | continue; | ||||||||
| 3345 | |||||||||
| 3346 | bool Usable = !Info.Constructor->isInvalidDecl() && | ||||||||
| 3347 | S.isInitListConstructor(Info.Constructor); | ||||||||
| 3348 | if (Usable) { | ||||||||
| 3349 | // If the first argument is (a reference to) the target type, | ||||||||
| 3350 | // suppress conversions. | ||||||||
| 3351 | bool SuppressUserConversions = isFirstArgumentCompatibleWithType( | ||||||||
| 3352 | S.Context, Info.Constructor, ToType); | ||||||||
| 3353 | if (Info.ConstructorTmpl) | ||||||||
| 3354 | S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Info.ConstructorTmpl, Info.FoundDecl, | ||||||||
| 3355 | /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, From, | ||||||||
| 3356 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
| 3357 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, | ||||||||
| 3358 | AllowExplicit); | ||||||||
| 3359 | else | ||||||||
| 3360 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(Info.Constructor, Info.FoundDecl, From, | ||||||||
| 3361 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
| 3362 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, AllowExplicit); | ||||||||
| 3363 | } | ||||||||
| 3364 | } | ||||||||
| 3365 | |||||||||
| 3366 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||||
| 3367 | |||||||||
| 3368 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||||
| 3369 | switch (auto Result = | ||||||||
| 3370 | CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, From->getBeginLoc(), Best)) { | ||||||||
| 3371 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||||
| 3372 | case OR_Success: { | ||||||||
| 3373 | // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function. | ||||||||
| 3374 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function); | ||||||||
| 3375 | QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(); | ||||||||
| 3376 | // Initializer lists don't have conversions as such. | ||||||||
| 3377 | User.Before.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
| 3378 | User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||||||
| 3379 | User.ConversionFunction = Constructor; | ||||||||
| 3380 | User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||||||
| 3381 | User.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
| 3382 | User.After.setFromType(ThisType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); | ||||||||
| 3383 | User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
| 3384 | return Result; | ||||||||
| 3385 | } | ||||||||
| 3386 | |||||||||
| 3387 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||||
| 3388 | return OR_No_Viable_Function; | ||||||||
| 3389 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||||
| 3390 | return OR_Ambiguous; | ||||||||
| 3391 | } | ||||||||
| 3392 | |||||||||
| 3393 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid OverloadResult!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3393); | ||||||||
| 3394 | } | ||||||||
| 3395 | |||||||||
| 3396 | /// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence | ||||||||
| 3397 | /// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type | ||||||||
| 3398 | /// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the | ||||||||
| 3399 | /// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion | ||||||||
| 3400 | /// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns | ||||||||
| 3401 | /// false and User is unspecified. | ||||||||
| 3402 | /// | ||||||||
| 3403 | /// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x | ||||||||
| 3404 | /// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion | ||||||||
| 3405 | /// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2). | ||||||||
| 3406 | /// | ||||||||
| 3407 | /// \param AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit true if the conversion should | ||||||||
| 3408 | /// allow an extra Objective-C pointer conversion on uses of explicit | ||||||||
| 3409 | /// constructors. Requires \c AllowExplicit to also be set. | ||||||||
| 3410 | static OverloadingResult | ||||||||
| 3411 | IsUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 3412 | UserDefinedConversionSequence &User, | ||||||||
| 3413 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||||
| 3414 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||||
| 3415 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) { | ||||||||
| 3416 | assert(AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None ||((AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3417, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 3417 | !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit)((AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3417, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 3418 | CandidateSet.clear(OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||||||
| 3419 | |||||||||
| 3420 | // Whether we will only visit constructors. | ||||||||
| 3421 | bool ConstructorsOnly = false; | ||||||||
| 3422 | |||||||||
| 3423 | // If the type we are conversion to is a class type, enumerate its | ||||||||
| 3424 | // constructors. | ||||||||
| 3425 | if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||||||
| 3426 | // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1: | ||||||||
| 3427 | // When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or | ||||||||
| 3428 | // copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a | ||||||||
| 3429 | // derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the | ||||||||
| 3430 | // constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate | ||||||||
| 3431 | // functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of | ||||||||
| 3432 | // that class. The argument list is the expression-list within | ||||||||
| 3433 | // the parentheses of the initializer. | ||||||||
| 3434 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, From->getType()) || | ||||||||
| 3435 | (From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>() && | ||||||||
| 3436 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), From->getType(), ToType))) | ||||||||
| 3437 | ConstructorsOnly = true; | ||||||||
| 3438 | |||||||||
| 3439 | if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType)) { | ||||||||
| 3440 | // We're not going to find any constructors. | ||||||||
| 3441 | } else if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl | ||||||||
| 3442 | = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) { | ||||||||
| 3443 | |||||||||
| 3444 | Expr **Args = &From; | ||||||||
| 3445 | unsigned NumArgs = 1; | ||||||||
| 3446 | bool ListInitializing = false; | ||||||||
| 3447 | if (InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(From)) { | ||||||||
| 3448 | // But first, see if there is an init-list-constructor that will work. | ||||||||
| 3449 | OverloadingResult Result = IsInitializerListConstructorConversion( | ||||||||
| 3450 | S, From, ToType, ToRecordDecl, User, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
| 3451 | AllowExplicit == AllowedExplicit::All); | ||||||||
| 3452 | if (Result != OR_No_Viable_Function) | ||||||||
| 3453 | return Result; | ||||||||
| 3454 | // Never mind. | ||||||||
| 3455 | CandidateSet.clear( | ||||||||
| 3456 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||||||
| 3457 | |||||||||
| 3458 | // If we're list-initializing, we pass the individual elements as | ||||||||
| 3459 | // arguments, not the entire list. | ||||||||
| 3460 | Args = InitList->getInits(); | ||||||||
| 3461 | NumArgs = InitList->getNumInits(); | ||||||||
| 3462 | ListInitializing = true; | ||||||||
| 3463 | } | ||||||||
| 3464 | |||||||||
| 3465 | for (auto *D : S.LookupConstructors(ToRecordDecl)) { | ||||||||
| 3466 | auto Info = getConstructorInfo(D); | ||||||||
| 3467 | if (!Info) | ||||||||
| 3468 | continue; | ||||||||
| 3469 | |||||||||
| 3470 | bool Usable = !Info.Constructor->isInvalidDecl(); | ||||||||
| 3471 | if (!ListInitializing) | ||||||||
| 3472 | Usable = Usable && Info.Constructor->isConvertingConstructor( | ||||||||
| 3473 | /*AllowExplicit*/ true); | ||||||||
| 3474 | if (Usable) { | ||||||||
| 3475 | bool SuppressUserConversions = !ConstructorsOnly; | ||||||||
| 3476 | if (SuppressUserConversions && ListInitializing) { | ||||||||
| 3477 | SuppressUserConversions = false; | ||||||||
| 3478 | if (NumArgs == 1) { | ||||||||
| 3479 | // If the first argument is (a reference to) the target type, | ||||||||
| 3480 | // suppress conversions. | ||||||||
| 3481 | SuppressUserConversions = isFirstArgumentCompatibleWithType( | ||||||||
| 3482 | S.Context, Info.Constructor, ToType); | ||||||||
| 3483 | } | ||||||||
| 3484 | } | ||||||||
| 3485 | if (Info.ConstructorTmpl) | ||||||||
| 3486 | S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||||||
| 3487 | Info.ConstructorTmpl, Info.FoundDecl, | ||||||||
| 3488 | /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), | ||||||||
| 3489 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
| 3490 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, | ||||||||
| 3491 | AllowExplicit == AllowedExplicit::All); | ||||||||
| 3492 | else | ||||||||
| 3493 | // Allow one user-defined conversion when user specifies a | ||||||||
| 3494 | // From->ToType conversion via an static cast (c-style, etc). | ||||||||
| 3495 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(Info.Constructor, Info.FoundDecl, | ||||||||
| 3496 | llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), | ||||||||
| 3497 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
| 3498 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, | ||||||||
| 3499 | AllowExplicit == AllowedExplicit::All); | ||||||||
| 3500 | } | ||||||||
| 3501 | } | ||||||||
| 3502 | } | ||||||||
| 3503 | } | ||||||||
| 3504 | |||||||||
| 3505 | // Enumerate conversion functions, if we're allowed to. | ||||||||
| 3506 | if (ConstructorsOnly || isa<InitListExpr>(From)) { | ||||||||
| 3507 | } else if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), From->getType())) { | ||||||||
| 3508 | // No conversion functions from incomplete types. | ||||||||
| 3509 | } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType = | ||||||||
| 3510 | From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||||||
| 3511 | if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl | ||||||||
| 3512 | = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) { | ||||||||
| 3513 | // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates. | ||||||||
| 3514 | const auto &Conversions = FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); | ||||||||
| 3515 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
| 3516 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = I.getPair(); | ||||||||
| 3517 | NamedDecl *D = FoundDecl.getDecl(); | ||||||||
| 3518 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||
| 3519 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
| 3520 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||||
| 3521 | |||||||||
| 3522 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv; | ||||||||
| 3523 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate; | ||||||||
| 3524 | if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))) | ||||||||
| 3525 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | ||||||||
| 3526 | else | ||||||||
| 3527 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||||||
| 3528 | |||||||||
| 3529 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||||||
| 3530 | S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate( | ||||||||
| 3531 | ConvTemplate, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, ToType, | ||||||||
| 3532 | CandidateSet, AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||||||
| 3533 | AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None); | ||||||||
| 3534 | else | ||||||||
| 3535 | S.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, ToType, | ||||||||
| 3536 | CandidateSet, AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||||||
| 3537 | AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None); | ||||||||
| 3538 | } | ||||||||
| 3539 | } | ||||||||
| 3540 | } | ||||||||
| 3541 | |||||||||
| 3542 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||||
| 3543 | |||||||||
| 3544 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||||
| 3545 | switch (auto Result = | ||||||||
| 3546 | CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, From->getBeginLoc(), Best)) { | ||||||||
| 3547 | case OR_Success: | ||||||||
| 3548 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||||
| 3549 | // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function. | ||||||||
| 3550 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor | ||||||||
| 3551 | = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) { | ||||||||
| 3552 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p1: | ||||||||
| 3553 | // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a | ||||||||
| 3554 | // constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion | ||||||||
| 3555 | // sequence converts the source type to the type required by | ||||||||
| 3556 | // the argument of the constructor. | ||||||||
| 3557 | // | ||||||||
| 3558 | QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(); | ||||||||
| 3559 | if (isa<InitListExpr>(From)) { | ||||||||
| 3560 | // Initializer lists don't have conversions as such. | ||||||||
| 3561 | User.Before.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
| 3562 | } else { | ||||||||
| 3563 | if (Best->Conversions[0].isEllipsis()) | ||||||||
| 3564 | User.EllipsisConversion = true; | ||||||||
| 3565 | else { | ||||||||
| 3566 | User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; | ||||||||
| 3567 | User.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||||||
| 3568 | } | ||||||||
| 3569 | } | ||||||||
| 3570 | User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||||||
| 3571 | User.ConversionFunction = Constructor; | ||||||||
| 3572 | User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||||||
| 3573 | User.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
| 3574 | User.After.setFromType(ThisType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); | ||||||||
| 3575 | User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
| 3576 | return Result; | ||||||||
| 3577 | } | ||||||||
| 3578 | if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion | ||||||||
| 3579 | = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) { | ||||||||
| 3580 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p1: | ||||||||
| 3581 | // | ||||||||
| 3582 | // [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a | ||||||||
| 3583 | // conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard | ||||||||
| 3584 | // conversion sequence converts the source type to the | ||||||||
| 3585 | // implicit object parameter of the conversion function. | ||||||||
| 3586 | User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; | ||||||||
| 3587 | User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||||||
| 3588 | User.ConversionFunction = Conversion; | ||||||||
| 3589 | User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||||||
| 3590 | User.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||||||
| 3591 | |||||||||
| 3592 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p2: | ||||||||
| 3593 | // The second standard conversion sequence converts the | ||||||||
| 3594 | // result of the user-defined conversion to the target type | ||||||||
| 3595 | // for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence | ||||||||
| 3596 | // is an initialization, the special rules for | ||||||||
| 3597 | // initialization by user-defined conversion apply when | ||||||||
| 3598 | // selecting the best user-defined conversion for a | ||||||||
| 3599 | // user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and | ||||||||
| 3600 | // 13.3.3.1). | ||||||||
| 3601 | User.After = Best->FinalConversion; | ||||||||
| 3602 | return Result; | ||||||||
| 3603 | } | ||||||||
| 3604 | llvm_unreachable("Not a constructor or conversion function?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Not a constructor or conversion function?" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3604); | ||||||||
| 3605 | |||||||||
| 3606 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||||
| 3607 | return OR_No_Viable_Function; | ||||||||
| 3608 | |||||||||
| 3609 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||||
| 3610 | return OR_Ambiguous; | ||||||||
| 3611 | } | ||||||||
| 3612 | |||||||||
| 3613 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid OverloadResult!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3613); | ||||||||
| 3614 | } | ||||||||
| 3615 | |||||||||
| 3616 | bool | ||||||||
| 3617 | Sema::DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { | ||||||||
| 3618 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||||
| 3619 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(From->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
| 3620 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||||
| 3621 | OverloadingResult OvResult = | ||||||||
| 3622 | IsUserDefinedConversion(*this, From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined, | ||||||||
| 3623 | CandidateSet, AllowedExplicit::None, false); | ||||||||
| 3624 | |||||||||
| 3625 | if (!(OvResult == OR_Ambiguous || | ||||||||
| 3626 | (OvResult == OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty()))) | ||||||||
| 3627 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3628 | |||||||||
| 3629 | auto Cands = CandidateSet.CompleteCandidates( | ||||||||
| 3630 | *this, | ||||||||
| 3631 | OvResult == OR_Ambiguous ? OCD_AmbiguousCandidates : OCD_AllCandidates, | ||||||||
| 3632 | From); | ||||||||
| 3633 | if (OvResult == OR_Ambiguous) | ||||||||
| 3634 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) | ||||||||
| 3635 | << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 3636 | else { // OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty() | ||||||||
| 3637 | if (!RequireCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), ToType, | ||||||||
| 3638 | diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition_incomplete, | ||||||||
| 3639 | From->getType(), From->getSourceRange())) | ||||||||
| 3640 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition) | ||||||||
| 3641 | << false << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << ToType; | ||||||||
| 3642 | } | ||||||||
| 3643 | |||||||||
| 3644 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||||
| 3645 | *this, From, Cands); | ||||||||
| 3646 | return true; | ||||||||
| 3647 | } | ||||||||
| 3648 | |||||||||
| 3649 | // Helper for compareConversionFunctions that gets the FunctionType that the | ||||||||
| 3650 | // conversion-operator return value 'points' to, or nullptr. | ||||||||
| 3651 | static const FunctionType * | ||||||||
| 3652 | getConversionOpReturnTyAsFunction(CXXConversionDecl *Conv) { | ||||||||
| 3653 | const FunctionType *ConvFuncTy = Conv->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||||
| 3654 | const PointerType *RetPtrTy = | ||||||||
| 3655 | ConvFuncTy->getReturnType()->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 3656 | |||||||||
| 3657 | if (!RetPtrTy) | ||||||||
| 3658 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 3659 | |||||||||
| 3660 | return RetPtrTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||||
| 3661 | } | ||||||||
| 3662 | |||||||||
| 3663 | /// Compare the user-defined conversion functions or constructors | ||||||||
| 3664 | /// of two user-defined conversion sequences to determine whether any ordering | ||||||||
| 3665 | /// is possible. | ||||||||
| 3666 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
| 3667 | compareConversionFunctions(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Function1, | ||||||||
| 3668 | FunctionDecl *Function2) { | ||||||||
| 3669 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv1 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConversionDecl>(Function1); | ||||||||
| 3670 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv2 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConversionDecl>(Function2); | ||||||||
| 3671 | if (!Conv1
| ||||||||
| 3672 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
| 3673 | |||||||||
| 3674 | if (!Conv1->getParent()->isLambda() || !Conv2->getParent()->isLambda()) | ||||||||
| 3675 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
| 3676 | |||||||||
| 3677 | // Objective-C++: | ||||||||
| 3678 | // If both conversion functions are implicitly-declared conversions from | ||||||||
| 3679 | // a lambda closure type to a function pointer and a block pointer, | ||||||||
| 3680 | // respectively, always prefer the conversion to a function pointer, | ||||||||
| 3681 | // because the function pointer is more lightweight and is more likely | ||||||||
| 3682 | // to keep code working. | ||||||||
| 3683 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjC && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | ||||||||
| 3684 | bool Block1 = Conv1->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType(); | ||||||||
| 3685 | bool Block2 = Conv2->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType(); | ||||||||
| 3686 | if (Block1 != Block2) | ||||||||
| 3687 | return Block1 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||||
| 3688 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 3689 | } | ||||||||
| 3690 | |||||||||
| 3691 | // In order to support multiple calling conventions for the lambda conversion | ||||||||
| 3692 | // operator (such as when the free and member function calling convention is | ||||||||
| 3693 | // different), prefer the 'free' mechanism, followed by the calling-convention | ||||||||
| 3694 | // of operator(). The latter is in place to support the MSVC-like solution of | ||||||||
| 3695 | // defining ALL of the possible conversions in regards to calling-convention. | ||||||||
| 3696 | const FunctionType *Conv1FuncRet = getConversionOpReturnTyAsFunction(Conv1); | ||||||||
| 3697 | const FunctionType *Conv2FuncRet = getConversionOpReturnTyAsFunction(Conv2); | ||||||||
| 3698 | |||||||||
| 3699 | if (Conv1FuncRet && Conv2FuncRet && | ||||||||
| 3700 | Conv1FuncRet->getCallConv() != Conv2FuncRet->getCallConv()) { | ||||||||
| 3701 | CallingConv Conv1CC = Conv1FuncRet->getCallConv(); | ||||||||
| 3702 | CallingConv Conv2CC = Conv2FuncRet->getCallConv(); | ||||||||
| 3703 | |||||||||
| 3704 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOp = Conv2->getParent()->getLambdaCallOperator(); | ||||||||
| 3705 | const FunctionProtoType *CallOpProto = | ||||||||
| 3706 | CallOp->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
| 3707 | |||||||||
| 3708 | CallingConv CallOpCC = | ||||||||
| 3709 | CallOp->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); | ||||||||
| 3710 | CallingConv DefaultFree = S.Context.getDefaultCallingConvention( | ||||||||
| 3711 | CallOpProto->isVariadic(), /*IsCXXMethod=*/false); | ||||||||
| |||||||||
| 3712 | CallingConv DefaultMember = S.Context.getDefaultCallingConvention( | ||||||||
| 3713 | CallOpProto->isVariadic(), /*IsCXXMethod=*/true); | ||||||||
| 3714 | |||||||||
| 3715 | CallingConv PrefOrder[] = {DefaultFree, DefaultMember, CallOpCC}; | ||||||||
| 3716 | for (CallingConv CC : PrefOrder) { | ||||||||
| 3717 | if (Conv1CC == CC) | ||||||||
| 3718 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 3719 | if (Conv2CC == CC) | ||||||||
| 3720 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 3721 | } | ||||||||
| 3722 | } | ||||||||
| 3723 | |||||||||
| 3724 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
| 3725 | } | ||||||||
| 3726 | |||||||||
| 3727 | static bool hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion( | ||||||||
| 3728 | const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS) { | ||||||||
| 3729 | return (ICS.isStandard() && ICS.Standard.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr) || | ||||||||
| 3730 | (ICS.isUserDefined() && | ||||||||
| 3731 | ICS.UserDefined.Before.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr); | ||||||||
| 3732 | } | ||||||||
| 3733 | |||||||||
| 3734 | /// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit | ||||||||
| 3735 | /// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the | ||||||||
| 3736 | /// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2). | ||||||||
| 3737 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
| 3738 | CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
| 3739 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1, | ||||||||
| 3740 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2) | ||||||||
| 3741 | { | ||||||||
| 3742 | // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit | ||||||||
| 3743 | // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1) | ||||||||
| 3744 | // -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better | ||||||||
| 3745 | // conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or | ||||||||
| 3746 | // an ellipsis conversion sequence, and | ||||||||
| 3747 | // -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better | ||||||||
| 3748 | // conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence | ||||||||
| 3749 | // (13.3.3.1.3). | ||||||||
| 3750 | // | ||||||||
| 3751 | // C++0x [over.best.ics]p10: | ||||||||
| 3752 | // For the purpose of ranking implicit conversion sequences as | ||||||||
| 3753 | // described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous conversion sequence is | ||||||||
| 3754 | // treated as a user-defined sequence that is indistinguishable | ||||||||
| 3755 | // from any other user-defined conversion sequence. | ||||||||
| 3756 | |||||||||
| 3757 | // String literal to 'char *' conversion has been deprecated in C++03. It has | ||||||||
| 3758 | // been removed from C++11. We still accept this conversion, if it happens at | ||||||||
| 3759 | // the best viable function. Otherwise, this conversion is considered worse | ||||||||
| 3760 | // than ellipsis conversion. Consider this as an extension; this is not in the | ||||||||
| 3761 | // standard. For example: | ||||||||
| 3762 | // | ||||||||
| 3763 | // int &f(...); // #1 | ||||||||
| 3764 | // void f(char*); // #2 | ||||||||
| 3765 | // void g() { int &r = f("foo"); } | ||||||||
| 3766 | // | ||||||||
| 3767 | // In C++03, we pick #2 as the best viable function. | ||||||||
| 3768 | // In C++11, we pick #1 as the best viable function, because ellipsis | ||||||||
| 3769 | // conversion is better than string-literal to char* conversion (since there | ||||||||
| 3770 | // is no such conversion in C++11). If there was no #1 at all or #1 couldn't | ||||||||
| 3771 | // convert arguments, #2 would be the best viable function in C++11. | ||||||||
| 3772 | // If the best viable function has this conversion, a warning will be issued | ||||||||
| 3773 | // in C++03, or an ExtWarn (+SFINAE failure) will be issued in C++11. | ||||||||
| 3774 | |||||||||
| 3775 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !S.getLangOpts().WritableStrings && | ||||||||
| 3776 | hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS1) != | ||||||||
| 3777 | hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS2)) | ||||||||
| 3778 | return hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS1) | ||||||||
| 3779 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||||
| 3780 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 3781 | |||||||||
| 3782 | if (ICS1.getKindRank() < ICS2.getKindRank()) | ||||||||
| 3783 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 3784 | if (ICS2.getKindRank() < ICS1.getKindRank()) | ||||||||
| 3785 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 3786 | |||||||||
| 3787 | // The following checks require both conversion sequences to be of | ||||||||
| 3788 | // the same kind. | ||||||||
| 3789 | if (ICS1.getKind() != ICS2.getKind()) | ||||||||
| 3790 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
| 3791 | |||||||||
| 3792 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result = | ||||||||
| 3793 | ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
| 3794 | |||||||||
| 3795 | // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are | ||||||||
| 3796 | // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the | ||||||||
| 3797 | // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3): | ||||||||
| 3798 | |||||||||
| 3799 | // List-initialization sequence L1 is a better conversion sequence than | ||||||||
| 3800 | // list-initialization sequence L2 if: | ||||||||
| 3801 | // - L1 converts to std::initializer_list<X> for some X and L2 does not, or, | ||||||||
| 3802 | // if not that, | ||||||||
| 3803 | // - L1 converts to type "array of N1 T", L2 converts to type "array of N2 T", | ||||||||
| 3804 | // and N1 is smaller than N2., | ||||||||
| 3805 | // even if one of the other rules in this paragraph would otherwise apply. | ||||||||
| 3806 | if (!ICS1.isBad()) { | ||||||||
| 3807 | if (ICS1.isStdInitializerListElement() && | ||||||||
| 3808 | !ICS2.isStdInitializerListElement()) | ||||||||
| 3809 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 3810 | if (!ICS1.isStdInitializerListElement() && | ||||||||
| 3811 | ICS2.isStdInitializerListElement()) | ||||||||
| 3812 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 3813 | } | ||||||||
| 3814 | |||||||||
| 3815 | if (ICS1.isStandard()) | ||||||||
| 3816 | // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence than | ||||||||
| 3817 | // standard conversion sequence S2 if [...] | ||||||||
| 3818 | Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||||||
| 3819 | ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard); | ||||||||
| 3820 | else if (ICS1.isUserDefined()) { | ||||||||
| 3821 | // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion | ||||||||
| 3822 | // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if | ||||||||
| 3823 | // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or | ||||||||
| 3824 | // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of | ||||||||
| 3825 | // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of | ||||||||
| 3826 | // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3). | ||||||||
| 3827 | if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction == | ||||||||
| 3828 | ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction) | ||||||||
| 3829 | Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||||||
| 3830 | ICS1.UserDefined.After, | ||||||||
| 3831 | ICS2.UserDefined.After); | ||||||||
| 3832 | else | ||||||||
| 3833 | Result = compareConversionFunctions(S, | ||||||||
| 3834 | ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction, | ||||||||
| 3835 | ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction); | ||||||||
| 3836 | } | ||||||||
| 3837 | |||||||||
| 3838 | return Result; | ||||||||
| 3839 | } | ||||||||
| 3840 | |||||||||
| 3841 | // Per 13.3.3.2p3, compare the given standard conversion sequences to | ||||||||
| 3842 | // determine if one is a proper subset of the other. | ||||||||
| 3843 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
| 3844 | compareStandardConversionSubsets(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
| 3845 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||||
| 3846 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) { | ||||||||
| 3847 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result | ||||||||
| 3848 | = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
| 3849 | |||||||||
| 3850 | // the identity conversion sequence is considered to be a subsequence of | ||||||||
| 3851 | // any non-identity conversion sequence | ||||||||
| 3852 | if (SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && !SCS2.isIdentityConversion()) | ||||||||
| 3853 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 3854 | else if (!SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && SCS2.isIdentityConversion()) | ||||||||
| 3855 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 3856 | |||||||||
| 3857 | if (SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second) { | ||||||||
| 3858 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity) | ||||||||
| 3859 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 3860 | else if (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity) | ||||||||
| 3861 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 3862 | else | ||||||||
| 3863 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
| 3864 | } else if (!Context.hasSimilarType(SCS1.getToType(1), SCS2.getToType(1))) | ||||||||
| 3865 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
| 3866 | |||||||||
| 3867 | if (SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) { | ||||||||
| 3868 | return Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getToType(2), SCS2.getToType(2))? Result | ||||||||
| 3869 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
| 3870 | } | ||||||||
| 3871 | |||||||||
| 3872 | if (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity) | ||||||||
| 3873 | return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||||
| 3874 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable | ||||||||
| 3875 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 3876 | |||||||||
| 3877 | if (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity) | ||||||||
| 3878 | return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||||
| 3879 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable | ||||||||
| 3880 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 3881 | |||||||||
| 3882 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
| 3883 | } | ||||||||
| 3884 | |||||||||
| 3885 | /// Determine whether one of the given reference bindings is better | ||||||||
| 3886 | /// than the other based on what kind of bindings they are. | ||||||||
| 3887 | static bool | ||||||||
| 3888 | isBetterReferenceBindingKind(const StandardConversionSequence &SCS1, | ||||||||
| 3889 | const StandardConversionSequence &SCS2) { | ||||||||
| 3890 | // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4: | ||||||||
| 3891 | // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an | ||||||||
| 3892 | // implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared | ||||||||
| 3893 | // without a ref-qualifier, and *either* S1 binds an rvalue reference | ||||||||
| 3894 | // to an rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference *or S1 binds an | ||||||||
| 3895 | // lvalue reference to a function lvalue and S2 binds an rvalue | ||||||||
| 3896 | // reference*. | ||||||||
| 3897 | // | ||||||||
| 3898 | // FIXME: Rvalue references. We're going rogue with the above edits, | ||||||||
| 3899 | // because the semantics in the current C++0x working paper (N3225 at the | ||||||||
| 3900 | // time of this writing) break the standard definition of std::forward | ||||||||
| 3901 | // and std::reference_wrapper when dealing with references to functions. | ||||||||
| 3902 | // Proposed wording changes submitted to CWG for consideration. | ||||||||
| 3903 | if (SCS1.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier || | ||||||||
| 3904 | SCS2.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier) | ||||||||
| 3905 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3906 | |||||||||
| 3907 | return (!SCS1.IsLvalueReference && SCS1.BindsToRvalue && | ||||||||
| 3908 | SCS2.IsLvalueReference) || | ||||||||
| 3909 | (SCS1.IsLvalueReference && SCS1.BindsToFunctionLvalue && | ||||||||
| 3910 | !SCS2.IsLvalueReference && SCS2.BindsToFunctionLvalue); | ||||||||
| 3911 | } | ||||||||
| 3912 | |||||||||
| 3913 | enum class FixedEnumPromotion { | ||||||||
| 3914 | None, | ||||||||
| 3915 | ToUnderlyingType, | ||||||||
| 3916 | ToPromotedUnderlyingType | ||||||||
| 3917 | }; | ||||||||
| 3918 | |||||||||
| 3919 | /// Returns kind of fixed enum promotion the \a SCS uses. | ||||||||
| 3920 | static FixedEnumPromotion | ||||||||
| 3921 | getFixedEnumPromtion(Sema &S, const StandardConversionSequence &SCS) { | ||||||||
| 3922 | |||||||||
| 3923 | if (SCS.Second != ICK_Integral_Promotion) | ||||||||
| 3924 | return FixedEnumPromotion::None; | ||||||||
| 3925 | |||||||||
| 3926 | QualType FromType = SCS.getFromType(); | ||||||||
| 3927 | if (!FromType->isEnumeralType()) | ||||||||
| 3928 | return FixedEnumPromotion::None; | ||||||||
| 3929 | |||||||||
| 3930 | EnumDecl *Enum = FromType->getAs<EnumType>()->getDecl(); | ||||||||
| 3931 | if (!Enum->isFixed()) | ||||||||
| 3932 | return FixedEnumPromotion::None; | ||||||||
| 3933 | |||||||||
| 3934 | QualType UnderlyingType = Enum->getIntegerType(); | ||||||||
| 3935 | if (S.Context.hasSameType(SCS.getToType(1), UnderlyingType)) | ||||||||
| 3936 | return FixedEnumPromotion::ToUnderlyingType; | ||||||||
| 3937 | |||||||||
| 3938 | return FixedEnumPromotion::ToPromotedUnderlyingType; | ||||||||
| 3939 | } | ||||||||
| 3940 | |||||||||
| 3941 | /// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard | ||||||||
| 3942 | /// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the | ||||||||
| 3943 | /// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3). | ||||||||
| 3944 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
| 3945 | CompareStandardConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
| 3946 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||||
| 3947 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) | ||||||||
| 3948 | { | ||||||||
| 3949 | // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence | ||||||||
| 3950 | // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3): | ||||||||
| 3951 | |||||||||
| 3952 | // -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion | ||||||||
| 3953 | // sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1, | ||||||||
| 3954 | // excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion | ||||||||
| 3955 | // sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any | ||||||||
| 3956 | // non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that, | ||||||||
| 3957 | if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind CK | ||||||||
| 3958 | = compareStandardConversionSubsets(S.Context, SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||||||
| 3959 | return CK; | ||||||||
| 3960 | |||||||||
| 3961 | // -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules | ||||||||
| 3962 | // defined below), or, if not that, | ||||||||
| 3963 | ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank(); | ||||||||
| 3964 | ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank(); | ||||||||
| 3965 | if (Rank1 < Rank2) | ||||||||
| 3966 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 3967 | else if (Rank2 < Rank1) | ||||||||
| 3968 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 3969 | |||||||||
| 3970 | // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank | ||||||||
| 3971 | // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules | ||||||||
| 3972 | // applies: | ||||||||
| 3973 | |||||||||
| 3974 | // A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or | ||||||||
| 3975 | // pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion | ||||||||
| 3976 | // that is such a conversion. | ||||||||
| 3977 | if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()) | ||||||||
| 3978 | return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool() | ||||||||
| 3979 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||||
| 3980 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 3981 | |||||||||
| 3982 | // C++14 [over.ics.rank]p4b2: | ||||||||
| 3983 | // This is retroactively applied to C++11 by CWG 1601. | ||||||||
| 3984 | // | ||||||||
| 3985 | // A conversion that promotes an enumeration whose underlying type is fixed | ||||||||
| 3986 | // to its underlying type is better than one that promotes to the promoted | ||||||||
| 3987 | // underlying type, if the two are different. | ||||||||
| 3988 | FixedEnumPromotion FEP1 = getFixedEnumPromtion(S, SCS1); | ||||||||
| 3989 | FixedEnumPromotion FEP2 = getFixedEnumPromtion(S, SCS2); | ||||||||
| 3990 | if (FEP1 != FixedEnumPromotion::None && FEP2 != FixedEnumPromotion::None && | ||||||||
| 3991 | FEP1 != FEP2) | ||||||||
| 3992 | return FEP1 == FixedEnumPromotion::ToUnderlyingType | ||||||||
| 3993 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||||
| 3994 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 3995 | |||||||||
| 3996 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2: | ||||||||
| 3997 | // | ||||||||
| 3998 | // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A, | ||||||||
| 3999 | // conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to | ||||||||
| 4000 | // void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion | ||||||||
| 4001 | // of B* to void*. | ||||||||
| 4002 | bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid | ||||||||
| 4003 | = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(S.Context); | ||||||||
| 4004 | bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid | ||||||||
| 4005 | = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(S.Context); | ||||||||
| 4006 | if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) { | ||||||||
| 4007 | // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to | ||||||||
| 4008 | // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion. | ||||||||
| 4009 | return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||||
| 4010 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 4011 | } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) { | ||||||||
| 4012 | // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare | ||||||||
| 4013 | // their derived-to-base conversions. | ||||||||
| 4014 | if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK | ||||||||
| 4015 | = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(S, Loc, SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||||||
| 4016 | return DerivedCK; | ||||||||
| 4017 | } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid && | ||||||||
| 4018 | !S.Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getFromType(), SCS2.getFromType())) { | ||||||||
| 4019 | // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void | ||||||||
| 4020 | // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an | ||||||||
| 4021 | // inheritance relationship in their sources. | ||||||||
| 4022 | QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType(); | ||||||||
| 4023 | QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType(); | ||||||||
| 4024 | |||||||||
| 4025 | // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer | ||||||||
| 4026 | // conversion, if we need to. | ||||||||
| 4027 | if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||||
| 4028 | FromType1 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1); | ||||||||
| 4029 | if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||||
| 4030 | FromType2 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2); | ||||||||
| 4031 | |||||||||
| 4032 | QualType FromPointee1 = FromType1->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 4033 | QualType FromPointee2 = FromType2->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 4034 | |||||||||
| 4035 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1)) | ||||||||
| 4036 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 4037 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2)) | ||||||||
| 4038 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 4039 | |||||||||
| 4040 | // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the | ||||||||
| 4041 | // other, it is the better one. | ||||||||
| 4042 | const ObjCObjectPointerType* FromObjCPtr1 | ||||||||
| 4043 | = FromType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 4044 | const ObjCObjectPointerType* FromObjCPtr2 | ||||||||
| 4045 | = FromType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 4046 | if (FromObjCPtr1 && FromObjCPtr2) { | ||||||||
| 4047 | bool AssignLeft = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr1, | ||||||||
| 4048 | FromObjCPtr2); | ||||||||
| 4049 | bool AssignRight = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr2, | ||||||||
| 4050 | FromObjCPtr1); | ||||||||
| 4051 | if (AssignLeft != AssignRight) { | ||||||||
| 4052 | return AssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||||
| 4053 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 4054 | } | ||||||||
| 4055 | } | ||||||||
| 4056 | } | ||||||||
| 4057 | |||||||||
| 4058 | if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) { | ||||||||
| 4059 | // Check for a better reference binding based on the kind of bindings. | ||||||||
| 4060 | if (isBetterReferenceBindingKind(SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||||||
| 4061 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 4062 | else if (isBetterReferenceBindingKind(SCS2, SCS1)) | ||||||||
| 4063 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 4064 | } | ||||||||
| 4065 | |||||||||
| 4066 | // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3, | ||||||||
| 4067 | // bullet 3). | ||||||||
| 4068 | if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK | ||||||||
| 4069 | = CompareQualificationConversions(S, SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||||||
| 4070 | return QualCK; | ||||||||
| 4071 | |||||||||
| 4072 | if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) { | ||||||||
| 4073 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4: | ||||||||
| 4074 | // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to | ||||||||
| 4075 | // which the references refer are the same type except for | ||||||||
| 4076 | // top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference | ||||||||
| 4077 | // initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type | ||||||||
| 4078 | // to which the reference initialized by S1 refers. | ||||||||
| 4079 | QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2); | ||||||||
| 4080 | QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2); | ||||||||
| 4081 | T1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T1); | ||||||||
| 4082 | T2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2); | ||||||||
| 4083 | Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals; | ||||||||
| 4084 | QualType UnqualT1 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals); | ||||||||
| 4085 | QualType UnqualT2 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals); | ||||||||
| 4086 | if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) { | ||||||||
| 4087 | // Objective-C++ ARC: If the references refer to objects with different | ||||||||
| 4088 | // lifetimes, prefer bindings that don't change lifetime. | ||||||||
| 4089 | if (SCS1.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding != | ||||||||
| 4090 | SCS2.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding) { | ||||||||
| 4091 | return SCS1.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding | ||||||||
| 4092 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||||
| 4093 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 4094 | } | ||||||||
| 4095 | |||||||||
| 4096 | // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the | ||||||||
| 4097 | // type for comparison. | ||||||||
| 4098 | if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals) | ||||||||
| 4099 | T1 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals); | ||||||||
| 4100 | if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals) | ||||||||
| 4101 | T2 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals); | ||||||||
| 4102 | if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) | ||||||||
| 4103 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 4104 | if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) | ||||||||
| 4105 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 4106 | } | ||||||||
| 4107 | } | ||||||||
| 4108 | |||||||||
| 4109 | // In Microsoft mode, prefer an integral conversion to a | ||||||||
| 4110 | // floating-to-integral conversion if the integral conversion | ||||||||
| 4111 | // is between types of the same size. | ||||||||
| 4112 | // For example: | ||||||||
| 4113 | // void f(float); | ||||||||
| 4114 | // void f(int); | ||||||||
| 4115 | // int main { | ||||||||
| 4116 | // long a; | ||||||||
| 4117 | // f(a); | ||||||||
| 4118 | // } | ||||||||
| 4119 | // Here, MSVC will call f(int) instead of generating a compile error | ||||||||
| 4120 | // as clang will do in standard mode. | ||||||||
| 4121 | if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && SCS1.Second == ICK_Integral_Conversion && | ||||||||
| 4122 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Floating_Integral && | ||||||||
| 4123 | S.Context.getTypeSize(SCS1.getFromType()) == | ||||||||
| 4124 | S.Context.getTypeSize(SCS1.getToType(2))) | ||||||||
| 4125 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 4126 | |||||||||
| 4127 | // Prefer a compatible vector conversion over a lax vector conversion | ||||||||
| 4128 | // For example: | ||||||||
| 4129 | // | ||||||||
| 4130 | // typedef float __v4sf __attribute__((__vector_size__(16))); | ||||||||
| 4131 | // void f(vector float); | ||||||||
| 4132 | // void f(vector signed int); | ||||||||
| 4133 | // int main() { | ||||||||
| 4134 | // __v4sf a; | ||||||||
| 4135 | // f(a); | ||||||||
| 4136 | // } | ||||||||
| 4137 | // Here, we'd like to choose f(vector float) and not | ||||||||
| 4138 | // report an ambiguous call error | ||||||||
| 4139 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Vector_Conversion && | ||||||||
| 4140 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Vector_Conversion) { | ||||||||
| 4141 | bool SCS1IsCompatibleVectorConversion = S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes( | ||||||||
| 4142 | SCS1.getFromType(), SCS1.getToType(2)); | ||||||||
| 4143 | bool SCS2IsCompatibleVectorConversion = S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes( | ||||||||
| 4144 | SCS2.getFromType(), SCS2.getToType(2)); | ||||||||
| 4145 | |||||||||
| 4146 | if (SCS1IsCompatibleVectorConversion != SCS2IsCompatibleVectorConversion) | ||||||||
| 4147 | return SCS1IsCompatibleVectorConversion | ||||||||
| 4148 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||||
| 4149 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 4150 | } | ||||||||
| 4151 | |||||||||
| 4152 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion && | ||||||||
| 4153 | SCS2.Second == ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion) { | ||||||||
| 4154 | bool SCS1IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion = | ||||||||
| 4155 | S.Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(SCS1.getFromType(), SCS1.getToType(2)); | ||||||||
| 4156 | bool SCS2IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion = | ||||||||
| 4157 | S.Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(SCS2.getFromType(), SCS2.getToType(2)); | ||||||||
| 4158 | |||||||||
| 4159 | if (SCS1IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion != | ||||||||
| 4160 | SCS2IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion) | ||||||||
| 4161 | return SCS1IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion | ||||||||
| 4162 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||||
| 4163 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 4164 | } | ||||||||
| 4165 | |||||||||
| 4166 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
| 4167 | } | ||||||||
| 4168 | |||||||||
| 4169 | /// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion | ||||||||
| 4170 | /// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their | ||||||||
| 4171 | /// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3). | ||||||||
| 4172 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
| 4173 | CompareQualificationConversions(Sema &S, | ||||||||
| 4174 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||||
| 4175 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) { | ||||||||
| 4176 | // C++ 13.3.3.2p3: | ||||||||
| 4177 | // -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and | ||||||||
| 4178 | // yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, and the | ||||||||
| 4179 | // cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset of | ||||||||
| 4180 | // the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the | ||||||||
| 4181 | // deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2). | ||||||||
| 4182 | if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second || | ||||||||
| 4183 | SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification) | ||||||||
| 4184 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
| 4185 | |||||||||
| 4186 | // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification | ||||||||
| 4187 | // conversion (!) | ||||||||
| 4188 | QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2); | ||||||||
| 4189 | QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2); | ||||||||
| 4190 | T1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T1); | ||||||||
| 4191 | T2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2); | ||||||||
| 4192 | assert(!T1->isReferenceType() && !T2->isReferenceType())((!T1->isReferenceType() && !T2->isReferenceType ()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!T1->isReferenceType() && !T2->isReferenceType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4192, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 4193 | Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals; | ||||||||
| 4194 | QualType UnqualT1 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals); | ||||||||
| 4195 | QualType UnqualT2 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals); | ||||||||
| 4196 | |||||||||
| 4197 | // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapping | ||||||||
| 4198 | // them. | ||||||||
| 4199 | if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) | ||||||||
| 4200 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
| 4201 | |||||||||
| 4202 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result | ||||||||
| 4203 | = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
| 4204 | |||||||||
| 4205 | // Objective-C++ ARC: | ||||||||
| 4206 | // Prefer qualification conversions not involving a change in lifetime | ||||||||
| 4207 | // to qualification conversions that do not change lifetime. | ||||||||
| 4208 | if (SCS1.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime != | ||||||||
| 4209 | SCS2.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime) { | ||||||||
| 4210 | Result = SCS1.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime | ||||||||
| 4211 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||||
| 4212 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 4213 | } | ||||||||
| 4214 | |||||||||
| 4215 | while (S.Context.UnwrapSimilarTypes(T1, T2)) { | ||||||||
| 4216 | // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to | ||||||||
| 4217 | // determine if this still looks like a qualification | ||||||||
| 4218 | // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of | ||||||||
| 4219 | // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again | ||||||||
| 4220 | // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left | ||||||||
| 4221 | // to unwrap. This essentially mimics what | ||||||||
| 4222 | // IsQualificationConversion does, but here we're checking for a | ||||||||
| 4223 | // strict subset of qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 4224 | if (T1.getQualifiers().withoutObjCLifetime() == | ||||||||
| 4225 | T2.getQualifiers().withoutObjCLifetime()) | ||||||||
| 4226 | // The qualifiers are the same, so this doesn't tell us anything | ||||||||
| 4227 | // about how the sequences rank. | ||||||||
| 4228 | // ObjC ownership quals are omitted above as they interfere with | ||||||||
| 4229 | // the ARC overload rule. | ||||||||
| 4230 | ; | ||||||||
| 4231 | else if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) { | ||||||||
| 4232 | // T1 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence. | ||||||||
| 4233 | if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse) | ||||||||
| 4234 | // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's | ||||||||
| 4235 | // qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 4236 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
| 4237 | |||||||||
| 4238 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 4239 | } else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) { | ||||||||
| 4240 | // T2 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence. | ||||||||
| 4241 | if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better) | ||||||||
| 4242 | // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's | ||||||||
| 4243 | // qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 4244 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
| 4245 | |||||||||
| 4246 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 4247 | } else { | ||||||||
| 4248 | // Qualifiers are disjoint. | ||||||||
| 4249 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
| 4250 | } | ||||||||
| 4251 | |||||||||
| 4252 | // If the types after this point are equivalent, we're done. | ||||||||
| 4253 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2)) | ||||||||
| 4254 | break; | ||||||||
| 4255 | } | ||||||||
| 4256 | |||||||||
| 4257 | // Check that the winning standard conversion sequence isn't using | ||||||||
| 4258 | // the deprecated string literal array to pointer conversion. | ||||||||
| 4259 | switch (Result) { | ||||||||
| 4260 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better: | ||||||||
| 4261 | if (SCS1.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr) | ||||||||
| 4262 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
| 4263 | break; | ||||||||
| 4264 | |||||||||
| 4265 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable: | ||||||||
| 4266 | break; | ||||||||
| 4267 | |||||||||
| 4268 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse: | ||||||||
| 4269 | if (SCS2.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr) | ||||||||
| 4270 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
| 4271 | break; | ||||||||
| 4272 | } | ||||||||
| 4273 | |||||||||
| 4274 | return Result; | ||||||||
| 4275 | } | ||||||||
| 4276 | |||||||||
| 4277 | /// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion | ||||||||
| 4278 | /// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their | ||||||||
| 4279 | /// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++ | ||||||||
| 4280 | /// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at | ||||||||
| 4281 | /// conversions between Objective-C interface types. | ||||||||
| 4282 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
| 4283 | CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
| 4284 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||||
| 4285 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) { | ||||||||
| 4286 | QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType(); | ||||||||
| 4287 | QualType ToType1 = SCS1.getToType(1); | ||||||||
| 4288 | QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType(); | ||||||||
| 4289 | QualType ToType2 = SCS2.getToType(1); | ||||||||
| 4290 | |||||||||
| 4291 | // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer | ||||||||
| 4292 | // conversion, if we need to. | ||||||||
| 4293 | if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||||
| 4294 | FromType1 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1); | ||||||||
| 4295 | if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||||
| 4296 | FromType2 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2); | ||||||||
| 4297 | |||||||||
| 4298 | // Canonicalize all of the types. | ||||||||
| 4299 | FromType1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1); | ||||||||
| 4300 | ToType1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1); | ||||||||
| 4301 | FromType2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2); | ||||||||
| 4302 | ToType2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2); | ||||||||
| 4303 | |||||||||
| 4304 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3: | ||||||||
| 4305 | // | ||||||||
| 4306 | // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and | ||||||||
| 4307 | // class C is derived directly or indirectly from B, | ||||||||
| 4308 | // | ||||||||
| 4309 | // Compare based on pointer conversions. | ||||||||
| 4310 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && | ||||||||
| 4311 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && | ||||||||
| 4312 | /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/ | ||||||||
| 4313 | FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() && | ||||||||
| 4314 | ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) { | ||||||||
| 4315 | QualType FromPointee1 = | ||||||||
| 4316 | FromType1->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 4317 | QualType ToPointee1 = | ||||||||
| 4318 | ToType1->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 4319 | QualType FromPointee2 = | ||||||||
| 4320 | FromType2->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 4321 | QualType ToPointee2 = | ||||||||
| 4322 | ToType2->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 4323 | |||||||||
| 4324 | // -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*, | ||||||||
| 4325 | if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) { | ||||||||
| 4326 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee1, ToPointee2)) | ||||||||
| 4327 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 4328 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee2, ToPointee1)) | ||||||||
| 4329 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 4330 | } | ||||||||
| 4331 | |||||||||
| 4332 | // -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*, | ||||||||
| 4333 | if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) { | ||||||||
| 4334 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1)) | ||||||||
| 4335 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 4336 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2)) | ||||||||
| 4337 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 4338 | } | ||||||||
| 4339 | } else if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && | ||||||||
| 4340 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion) { | ||||||||
| 4341 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtr1 | ||||||||
| 4342 | = FromType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 4343 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtr2 | ||||||||
| 4344 | = FromType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 4345 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtr1 | ||||||||
| 4346 | = ToType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 4347 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtr2 | ||||||||
| 4348 | = ToType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 4349 | |||||||||
| 4350 | if (FromPtr1 && FromPtr2 && ToPtr1 && ToPtr2) { | ||||||||
| 4351 | // Apply the same conversion ranking rules for Objective-C pointer types | ||||||||
| 4352 | // that we do for C++ pointers to class types. However, we employ the | ||||||||
| 4353 | // Objective-C pseudo-subtyping relationship used for assignment of | ||||||||
| 4354 | // Objective-C pointer types. | ||||||||
| 4355 | bool FromAssignLeft | ||||||||
| 4356 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromPtr1, FromPtr2); | ||||||||
| 4357 | bool FromAssignRight | ||||||||
| 4358 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromPtr2, FromPtr1); | ||||||||
| 4359 | bool ToAssignLeft | ||||||||
| 4360 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToPtr1, ToPtr2); | ||||||||
| 4361 | bool ToAssignRight | ||||||||
| 4362 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToPtr2, ToPtr1); | ||||||||
| 4363 | |||||||||
| 4364 | // A conversion to an a non-id object pointer type or qualified 'id' | ||||||||
| 4365 | // type is better than a conversion to 'id'. | ||||||||
| 4366 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCIdType() && | ||||||||
| 4367 | (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||||||
| 4368 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 4369 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCIdType() && | ||||||||
| 4370 | (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||||||
| 4371 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 4372 | |||||||||
| 4373 | // A conversion to a non-id object pointer type is better than a | ||||||||
| 4374 | // conversion to a qualified 'id' type | ||||||||
| 4375 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||||
| 4376 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 4377 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||||
| 4378 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 4379 | |||||||||
| 4380 | // A conversion to an a non-Class object pointer type or qualified 'Class' | ||||||||
| 4381 | // type is better than a conversion to 'Class'. | ||||||||
| 4382 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCClassType() && | ||||||||
| 4383 | (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedClassType() || ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||||||
| 4384 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 4385 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCClassType() && | ||||||||
| 4386 | (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedClassType() || ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||||||
| 4387 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 4388 | |||||||||
| 4389 | // A conversion to a non-Class object pointer type is better than a | ||||||||
| 4390 | // conversion to a qualified 'Class' type. | ||||||||
| 4391 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedClassType() && ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||||
| 4392 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 4393 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedClassType() && ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||||
| 4394 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 4395 | |||||||||
| 4396 | // -- "conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*," | ||||||||
| 4397 | if (S.Context.hasSameType(FromType1, FromType2) && | ||||||||
| 4398 | !FromPtr1->isObjCIdType() && !FromPtr1->isObjCClassType() && | ||||||||
| 4399 | (ToAssignLeft != ToAssignRight)) { | ||||||||
| 4400 | if (FromPtr1->isSpecialized()) { | ||||||||
| 4401 | // "conversion of B<A> * to B * is better than conversion of B * to | ||||||||
| 4402 | // C *. | ||||||||
| 4403 | bool IsFirstSame = | ||||||||
| 4404 | FromPtr1->getInterfaceDecl() == ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl(); | ||||||||
| 4405 | bool IsSecondSame = | ||||||||
| 4406 | FromPtr1->getInterfaceDecl() == ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl(); | ||||||||
| 4407 | if (IsFirstSame) { | ||||||||
| 4408 | if (!IsSecondSame) | ||||||||
| 4409 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 4410 | } else if (IsSecondSame) | ||||||||
| 4411 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 4412 | } | ||||||||
| 4413 | return ToAssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||||
| 4414 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 4415 | } | ||||||||
| 4416 | |||||||||
| 4417 | // -- "conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*," | ||||||||
| 4418 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2) && | ||||||||
| 4419 | (FromAssignLeft != FromAssignRight)) | ||||||||
| 4420 | return FromAssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||||
| 4421 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 4422 | } | ||||||||
| 4423 | } | ||||||||
| 4424 | |||||||||
| 4425 | // Ranking of member-pointer types. | ||||||||
| 4426 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && | ||||||||
| 4427 | FromType1->isMemberPointerType() && FromType2->isMemberPointerType() && | ||||||||
| 4428 | ToType1->isMemberPointerType() && ToType2->isMemberPointerType()) { | ||||||||
| 4429 | const auto *FromMemPointer1 = FromType1->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 4430 | const auto *ToMemPointer1 = ToType1->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 4431 | const auto *FromMemPointer2 = FromType2->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 4432 | const auto *ToMemPointer2 = ToType2->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 4433 | const Type *FromPointeeType1 = FromMemPointer1->getClass(); | ||||||||
| 4434 | const Type *ToPointeeType1 = ToMemPointer1->getClass(); | ||||||||
| 4435 | const Type *FromPointeeType2 = FromMemPointer2->getClass(); | ||||||||
| 4436 | const Type *ToPointeeType2 = ToMemPointer2->getClass(); | ||||||||
| 4437 | QualType FromPointee1 = QualType(FromPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 4438 | QualType ToPointee1 = QualType(ToPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 4439 | QualType FromPointee2 = QualType(FromPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 4440 | QualType ToPointee2 = QualType(ToPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 4441 | // conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*, | ||||||||
| 4442 | if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) { | ||||||||
| 4443 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee1, ToPointee2)) | ||||||||
| 4444 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 4445 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee2, ToPointee1)) | ||||||||
| 4446 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 4447 | } | ||||||||
| 4448 | // conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::* | ||||||||
| 4449 | if (ToPointee1 == ToPointee2 && FromPointee1 != FromPointee2) { | ||||||||
| 4450 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2)) | ||||||||
| 4451 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 4452 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1)) | ||||||||
| 4453 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 4454 | } | ||||||||
| 4455 | } | ||||||||
| 4456 | |||||||||
| 4457 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { | ||||||||
| 4458 | // -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A, | ||||||||
| 4459 | // -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type | ||||||||
| 4460 | // B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a | ||||||||
| 4461 | // reference of type A&, | ||||||||
| 4462 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) && | ||||||||
| 4463 | !S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) { | ||||||||
| 4464 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToType1, ToType2)) | ||||||||
| 4465 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 4466 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToType2, ToType1)) | ||||||||
| 4467 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 4468 | } | ||||||||
| 4469 | |||||||||
| 4470 | // -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A. | ||||||||
| 4471 | // -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type | ||||||||
| 4472 | // A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a | ||||||||
| 4473 | // reference of type A&, | ||||||||
| 4474 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) && | ||||||||
| 4475 | S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) { | ||||||||
| 4476 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType2, FromType1)) | ||||||||
| 4477 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
| 4478 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType1, FromType2)) | ||||||||
| 4479 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
| 4480 | } | ||||||||
| 4481 | } | ||||||||
| 4482 | |||||||||
| 4483 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
| 4484 | } | ||||||||
| 4485 | |||||||||
| 4486 | /// Determine whether the given type is valid, e.g., it is not an invalid | ||||||||
| 4487 | /// C++ class. | ||||||||
| 4488 | static bool isTypeValid(QualType T) { | ||||||||
| 4489 | if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | ||||||||
| 4490 | return !Record->isInvalidDecl(); | ||||||||
| 4491 | |||||||||
| 4492 | return true; | ||||||||
| 4493 | } | ||||||||
| 4494 | |||||||||
| 4495 | static QualType withoutUnaligned(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T) { | ||||||||
| 4496 | if (!T.getQualifiers().hasUnaligned()) | ||||||||
| 4497 | return T; | ||||||||
| 4498 | |||||||||
| 4499 | Qualifiers Q; | ||||||||
| 4500 | T = Ctx.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Q); | ||||||||
| 4501 | Q.removeUnaligned(); | ||||||||
| 4502 | return Ctx.getQualifiedType(T, Q); | ||||||||
| 4503 | } | ||||||||
| 4504 | |||||||||
| 4505 | /// CompareReferenceRelationship - Compare the two types T1 and T2 to | ||||||||
| 4506 | /// determine whether they are reference-compatible, | ||||||||
| 4507 | /// reference-related, or incompatible, for use in C++ initialization by | ||||||||
| 4508 | /// reference (C++ [dcl.ref.init]p4). Neither type can be a reference | ||||||||
| 4509 | /// type, and the first type (T1) is the pointee type of the reference | ||||||||
| 4510 | /// type being initialized. | ||||||||
| 4511 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult | ||||||||
| 4512 | Sema::CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
| 4513 | QualType OrigT1, QualType OrigT2, | ||||||||
| 4514 | ReferenceConversions *ConvOut) { | ||||||||
| 4515 | assert(!OrigT1->isReferenceType() &&((!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && \"T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4516, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 4516 | "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type")((!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && \"T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4516, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 4517 | assert(!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type")((!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && \"T2 cannot be a reference type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4517, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 4518 | |||||||||
| 4519 | QualType T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT1); | ||||||||
| 4520 | QualType T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT2); | ||||||||
| 4521 | Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals; | ||||||||
| 4522 | QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals); | ||||||||
| 4523 | QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals); | ||||||||
| 4524 | |||||||||
| 4525 | ReferenceConversions ConvTmp; | ||||||||
| 4526 | ReferenceConversions &Conv = ConvOut ? *ConvOut : ConvTmp; | ||||||||
| 4527 | Conv = ReferenceConversions(); | ||||||||
| 4528 | |||||||||
| 4529 | // C++2a [dcl.init.ref]p4: | ||||||||
| 4530 | // Given types "cv1 T1" and "cv2 T2," "cv1 T1" is | ||||||||
| 4531 | // reference-related to "cv2 T2" if T1 is similar to T2, or | ||||||||
| 4532 | // T1 is a base class of T2. | ||||||||
| 4533 | // "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2" if | ||||||||
| 4534 | // a prvalue of type "pointer to cv2 T2" can be converted to the type | ||||||||
| 4535 | // "pointer to cv1 T1" via a standard conversion sequence. | ||||||||
| 4536 | |||||||||
| 4537 | // Check for standard conversions we can apply to pointers: derived-to-base | ||||||||
| 4538 | // conversions, ObjC pointer conversions, and function pointer conversions. | ||||||||
| 4539 | // (Qualification conversions are checked last.) | ||||||||
| 4540 | QualType ConvertedT2; | ||||||||
| 4541 | if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) { | ||||||||
| 4542 | // Nothing to do. | ||||||||
| 4543 | } else if (isCompleteType(Loc, OrigT2) && | ||||||||
| 4544 | isTypeValid(UnqualT1) && isTypeValid(UnqualT2) && | ||||||||
| 4545 | IsDerivedFrom(Loc, UnqualT2, UnqualT1)) | ||||||||
| 4546 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::DerivedToBase; | ||||||||
| 4547 | else if (UnqualT1->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() && | ||||||||
| 4548 | UnqualT2->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() && | ||||||||
| 4549 | Context.canBindObjCObjectType(UnqualT1, UnqualT2)) | ||||||||
| 4550 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::ObjC; | ||||||||
| 4551 | else if (UnqualT2->isFunctionType() && | ||||||||
| 4552 | IsFunctionConversion(UnqualT2, UnqualT1, ConvertedT2)) { | ||||||||
| 4553 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::Function; | ||||||||
| 4554 | // No need to check qualifiers; function types don't have them. | ||||||||
| 4555 | return Ref_Compatible; | ||||||||
| 4556 | } | ||||||||
| 4557 | bool ConvertedReferent = Conv != 0; | ||||||||
| 4558 | |||||||||
| 4559 | // We can have a qualification conversion. Compute whether the types are | ||||||||
| 4560 | // similar at the same time. | ||||||||
| 4561 | bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true; | ||||||||
| 4562 | bool TopLevel = true; | ||||||||
| 4563 | do { | ||||||||
| 4564 | if (T1 == T2) | ||||||||
| 4565 | break; | ||||||||
| 4566 | |||||||||
| 4567 | // We will need a qualification conversion. | ||||||||
| 4568 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::Qualification; | ||||||||
| 4569 | |||||||||
| 4570 | // Track whether we performed a qualification conversion anywhere other | ||||||||
| 4571 | // than the top level. This matters for ranking reference bindings in | ||||||||
| 4572 | // overload resolution. | ||||||||
| 4573 | if (!TopLevel) | ||||||||
| 4574 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::NestedQualification; | ||||||||
| 4575 | |||||||||
| 4576 | // MS compiler ignores __unaligned qualifier for references; do the same. | ||||||||
| 4577 | T1 = withoutUnaligned(Context, T1); | ||||||||
| 4578 | T2 = withoutUnaligned(Context, T2); | ||||||||
| 4579 | |||||||||
| 4580 | // If we find a qualifier mismatch, the types are not reference-compatible, | ||||||||
| 4581 | // but are still be reference-related if they're similar. | ||||||||
| 4582 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion = false; | ||||||||
| 4583 | if (!isQualificationConversionStep(T2, T1, /*CStyle=*/false, TopLevel, | ||||||||
| 4584 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst, | ||||||||
| 4585 | ObjCLifetimeConversion)) | ||||||||
| 4586 | return (ConvertedReferent || Context.hasSimilarType(T1, T2)) | ||||||||
| 4587 | ? Ref_Related | ||||||||
| 4588 | : Ref_Incompatible; | ||||||||
| 4589 | |||||||||
| 4590 | // FIXME: Should we track this for any level other than the first? | ||||||||
| 4591 | if (ObjCLifetimeConversion) | ||||||||
| 4592 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::ObjCLifetime; | ||||||||
| 4593 | |||||||||
| 4594 | TopLevel = false; | ||||||||
| 4595 | } while (Context.UnwrapSimilarTypes(T1, T2)); | ||||||||
| 4596 | |||||||||
| 4597 | // At this point, if the types are reference-related, we must either have the | ||||||||
| 4598 | // same inner type (ignoring qualifiers), or must have already worked out how | ||||||||
| 4599 | // to convert the referent. | ||||||||
| 4600 | return (ConvertedReferent || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2)) | ||||||||
| 4601 | ? Ref_Compatible | ||||||||
| 4602 | : Ref_Incompatible; | ||||||||
| 4603 | } | ||||||||
| 4604 | |||||||||
| 4605 | /// Look for a user-defined conversion to a value reference-compatible | ||||||||
| 4606 | /// with DeclType. Return true if something definite is found. | ||||||||
| 4607 | static bool | ||||||||
| 4608 | FindConversionForRefInit(Sema &S, ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, | ||||||||
| 4609 | QualType DeclType, SourceLocation DeclLoc, | ||||||||
| 4610 | Expr *Init, QualType T2, bool AllowRvalues, | ||||||||
| 4611 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||||
| 4612 | assert(T2->isRecordType() && "Can only find conversions of record types.")((T2->isRecordType() && "Can only find conversions of record types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("T2->isRecordType() && \"Can only find conversions of record types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4612, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 4613 | auto *T2RecordDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T2->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | ||||||||
| 4614 | |||||||||
| 4615 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet( | ||||||||
| 4616 | DeclLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||||||
| 4617 | const auto &Conversions = T2RecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); | ||||||||
| 4618 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
| 4619 | NamedDecl *D = *I; | ||||||||
| 4620 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||
| 4621 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
| 4622 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||||
| 4623 | |||||||||
| 4624 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate | ||||||||
| 4625 | = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); | ||||||||
| 4626 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv; | ||||||||
| 4627 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||||||
| 4628 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | ||||||||
| 4629 | else | ||||||||
| 4630 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||||||
| 4631 | |||||||||
| 4632 | if (AllowRvalues) { | ||||||||
| 4633 | // If we are initializing an rvalue reference, don't permit conversion | ||||||||
| 4634 | // functions that return lvalues. | ||||||||
| 4635 | if (!ConvTemplate && DeclType->isRValueReferenceType()) { | ||||||||
| 4636 | const ReferenceType *RefType | ||||||||
| 4637 | = Conv->getConversionType()->getAs<LValueReferenceType>(); | ||||||||
| 4638 | if (RefType && !RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) | ||||||||
| 4639 | continue; | ||||||||
| 4640 | } | ||||||||
| 4641 | |||||||||
| 4642 | if (!ConvTemplate && | ||||||||
| 4643 | S.CompareReferenceRelationship( | ||||||||
| 4644 | DeclLoc, | ||||||||
| 4645 | Conv->getConversionType() | ||||||||
| 4646 | .getNonReferenceType() | ||||||||
| 4647 | .getUnqualifiedType(), | ||||||||
| 4648 | DeclType.getNonReferenceType().getUnqualifiedType()) == | ||||||||
| 4649 | Sema::Ref_Incompatible) | ||||||||
| 4650 | continue; | ||||||||
| 4651 | } else { | ||||||||
| 4652 | // If the conversion function doesn't return a reference type, | ||||||||
| 4653 | // it can't be considered for this conversion. An rvalue reference | ||||||||
| 4654 | // is only acceptable if its referencee is a function type. | ||||||||
| 4655 | |||||||||
| 4656 | const ReferenceType *RefType = | ||||||||
| 4657 | Conv->getConversionType()->getAs<ReferenceType>(); | ||||||||
| 4658 | if (!RefType || | ||||||||
| 4659 | (!RefType->isLValueReferenceType() && | ||||||||
| 4660 | !RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType())) | ||||||||
| 4661 | continue; | ||||||||
| 4662 | } | ||||||||
| 4663 | |||||||||
| 4664 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||||||
| 4665 | S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate( | ||||||||
| 4666 | ConvTemplate, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Init, DeclType, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
| 4667 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, AllowExplicit); | ||||||||
| 4668 | else | ||||||||
| 4669 | S.AddConversionCandidate( | ||||||||
| 4670 | Conv, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Init, DeclType, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
| 4671 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, AllowExplicit); | ||||||||
| 4672 | } | ||||||||
| 4673 | |||||||||
| 4674 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||||
| 4675 | |||||||||
| 4676 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||||
| 4677 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, DeclLoc, Best)) { | ||||||||
| 4678 | case OR_Success: | ||||||||
| 4679 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1: | ||||||||
| 4680 | // | ||||||||
| 4681 | // [...] If the parameter binds directly to the result of | ||||||||
| 4682 | // applying a conversion function to the argument | ||||||||
| 4683 | // expression, the implicit conversion sequence is a | ||||||||
| 4684 | // user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2), with the | ||||||||
| 4685 | // second standard conversion sequence either an identity | ||||||||
| 4686 | // conversion or, if the conversion function returns an | ||||||||
| 4687 | // entity of a type that is a derived class of the parameter | ||||||||
| 4688 | // type, a derived-to-base Conversion. | ||||||||
| 4689 | if (!Best->FinalConversion.DirectBinding) | ||||||||
| 4690 | return false; | ||||||||
| 4691 | |||||||||
| 4692 | ICS.setUserDefined(); | ||||||||
| 4693 | ICS.UserDefined.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; | ||||||||
| 4694 | ICS.UserDefined.After = Best->FinalConversion; | ||||||||
| 4695 | ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||||||
| 4696 | ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Best->Function; | ||||||||
| 4697 | ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||||||
| 4698 | ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||||||
| 4699 | assert(ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding &&((ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined .After.DirectBinding && "Expected a direct reference binding!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && \"Expected a direct reference binding!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4701, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 4700 | ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding &&((ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined .After.DirectBinding && "Expected a direct reference binding!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && \"Expected a direct reference binding!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4701, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 4701 | "Expected a direct reference binding!")((ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined .After.DirectBinding && "Expected a direct reference binding!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && \"Expected a direct reference binding!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4701, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 4702 | return true; | ||||||||
| 4703 | |||||||||
| 4704 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||||
| 4705 | ICS.setAmbiguous(); | ||||||||
| 4706 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(); | ||||||||
| 4707 | Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) | ||||||||
| 4708 | if (Cand->Best) | ||||||||
| 4709 | ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function); | ||||||||
| 4710 | return true; | ||||||||
| 4711 | |||||||||
| 4712 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||||
| 4713 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||||
| 4714 | // There was no suitable conversion, or we found a deleted | ||||||||
| 4715 | // conversion; continue with other checks. | ||||||||
| 4716 | return false; | ||||||||
| 4717 | } | ||||||||
| 4718 | |||||||||
| 4719 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid OverloadResult!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4719); | ||||||||
| 4720 | } | ||||||||
| 4721 | |||||||||
| 4722 | /// Compute an implicit conversion sequence for reference | ||||||||
| 4723 | /// initialization. | ||||||||
| 4724 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
| 4725 | TryReferenceInit(Sema &S, Expr *Init, QualType DeclType, | ||||||||
| 4726 | SourceLocation DeclLoc, | ||||||||
| 4727 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
| 4728 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||||
| 4729 | assert(DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference")((DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DeclType->isReferenceType() && \"Reference init needs a reference\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4729, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 4730 | |||||||||
| 4731 | // Most paths end in a failed conversion. | ||||||||
| 4732 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||||
| 4733 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType); | ||||||||
| 4734 | |||||||||
| 4735 | QualType T1 = DeclType->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 4736 | QualType T2 = Init->getType(); | ||||||||
| 4737 | |||||||||
| 4738 | // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try | ||||||||
| 4739 | // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the | ||||||||
| 4740 | // type of the resulting function. | ||||||||
| 4741 | if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||||
| 4742 | DeclAccessPair Found; | ||||||||
| 4743 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Init, DeclType, | ||||||||
| 4744 | false, Found)) | ||||||||
| 4745 | T2 = Fn->getType(); | ||||||||
| 4746 | } | ||||||||
| 4747 | |||||||||
| 4748 | // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer. | ||||||||
| 4749 | bool isRValRef = DeclType->isRValueReferenceType(); | ||||||||
| 4750 | Expr::Classification InitCategory = Init->Classify(S.Context); | ||||||||
| 4751 | |||||||||
| 4752 | Sema::ReferenceConversions RefConv; | ||||||||
| 4753 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship = | ||||||||
| 4754 | S.CompareReferenceRelationship(DeclLoc, T1, T2, &RefConv); | ||||||||
| 4755 | |||||||||
| 4756 | auto SetAsReferenceBinding = [&](bool BindsDirectly) { | ||||||||
| 4757 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||||
| 4758 | ICS.Standard.First = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
| 4759 | // FIXME: A reference binding can be a function conversion too. We should | ||||||||
| 4760 | // consider that when ordering reference-to-function bindings. | ||||||||
| 4761 | ICS.Standard.Second = (RefConv & Sema::ReferenceConversions::DerivedToBase) | ||||||||
| 4762 | ? ICK_Derived_To_Base | ||||||||
| 4763 | : (RefConv & Sema::ReferenceConversions::ObjC) | ||||||||
| 4764 | ? ICK_Compatible_Conversion | ||||||||
| 4765 | : ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
| 4766 | // FIXME: As a speculative fix to a defect introduced by CWG2352, we rank | ||||||||
| 4767 | // a reference binding that performs a non-top-level qualification | ||||||||
| 4768 | // conversion as a qualification conversion, not as an identity conversion. | ||||||||
| 4769 | ICS.Standard.Third = (RefConv & | ||||||||
| 4770 | Sema::ReferenceConversions::NestedQualification) | ||||||||
| 4771 | ? ICK_Qualification | ||||||||
| 4772 | : ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
| 4773 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(T2); | ||||||||
| 4774 | ICS.Standard.setToType(0, T2); | ||||||||
| 4775 | ICS.Standard.setToType(1, T1); | ||||||||
| 4776 | ICS.Standard.setToType(2, T1); | ||||||||
| 4777 | ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||||
| 4778 | ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = BindsDirectly; | ||||||||
| 4779 | ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef; | ||||||||
| 4780 | ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = T2->isFunctionType(); | ||||||||
| 4781 | ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = InitCategory.isRValue(); | ||||||||
| 4782 | ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||||
| 4783 | ICS.Standard.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = | ||||||||
| 4784 | (RefConv & Sema::ReferenceConversions::ObjCLifetime) != 0; | ||||||||
| 4785 | ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 4786 | ICS.Standard.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false; | ||||||||
| 4787 | }; | ||||||||
| 4788 | |||||||||
| 4789 | // C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p5: | ||||||||
| 4790 | // A reference to type "cv1 T1" is initialized by an expression | ||||||||
| 4791 | // of type "cv2 T2" as follows: | ||||||||
| 4792 | |||||||||
| 4793 | // -- If reference is an lvalue reference and the initializer expression | ||||||||
| 4794 | if (!isRValRef) { | ||||||||
| 4795 | // -- is an lvalue (but is not a bit-field), and "cv1 T1" is | ||||||||
| 4796 | // reference-compatible with "cv2 T2," or | ||||||||
| 4797 | // | ||||||||
| 4798 | // Per C++ [over.ics.ref]p4, we don't check the bit-field property here. | ||||||||
| 4799 | if (InitCategory.isLValue() && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Compatible) { | ||||||||
| 4800 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1: | ||||||||
| 4801 | // When a parameter of reference type binds directly (8.5.3) | ||||||||
| 4802 | // to an argument expression, the implicit conversion sequence | ||||||||
| 4803 | // is the identity conversion, unless the argument expression | ||||||||
| 4804 | // has a type that is a derived class of the parameter type, | ||||||||
| 4805 | // in which case the implicit conversion sequence is a | ||||||||
| 4806 | // derived-to-base Conversion (13.3.3.1). | ||||||||
| 4807 | SetAsReferenceBinding(/*BindsDirectly=*/true); | ||||||||
| 4808 | |||||||||
| 4809 | // Nothing more to do: the inaccessibility/ambiguity check for | ||||||||
| 4810 | // derived-to-base conversions is suppressed when we're | ||||||||
| 4811 | // computing the implicit conversion sequence (C++ | ||||||||
| 4812 | // [over.best.ics]p2). | ||||||||
| 4813 | return ICS; | ||||||||
| 4814 | } | ||||||||
| 4815 | |||||||||
| 4816 | // -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is | ||||||||
| 4817 | // not reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly | ||||||||
| 4818 | // converted to an lvalue of type "cv3 T3," where "cv1 T1" | ||||||||
| 4819 | // is reference-compatible with "cv3 T3" 92) (this | ||||||||
| 4820 | // conversion is selected by enumerating the applicable | ||||||||
| 4821 | // conversion functions (13.3.1.6) and choosing the best | ||||||||
| 4822 | // one through overload resolution (13.3)), | ||||||||
| 4823 | if (!SuppressUserConversions && T2->isRecordType() && | ||||||||
| 4824 | S.isCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2) && | ||||||||
| 4825 | RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible) { | ||||||||
| 4826 | if (FindConversionForRefInit(S, ICS, DeclType, DeclLoc, | ||||||||
| 4827 | Init, T2, /*AllowRvalues=*/false, | ||||||||
| 4828 | AllowExplicit)) | ||||||||
| 4829 | return ICS; | ||||||||
| 4830 | } | ||||||||
| 4831 | } | ||||||||
| 4832 | |||||||||
| 4833 | // -- Otherwise, the reference shall be an lvalue reference to a | ||||||||
| 4834 | // non-volatile const type (i.e., cv1 shall be const), or the reference | ||||||||
| 4835 | // shall be an rvalue reference. | ||||||||
| 4836 | if (!isRValRef && (!T1.isConstQualified() || T1.isVolatileQualified())) { | ||||||||
| 4837 | if (InitCategory.isRValue() && RefRelationship != Sema::Ref_Incompatible) | ||||||||
| 4838 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, Init, DeclType); | ||||||||
| 4839 | return ICS; | ||||||||
| 4840 | } | ||||||||
| 4841 | |||||||||
| 4842 | // -- If the initializer expression | ||||||||
| 4843 | // | ||||||||
| 4844 | // -- is an xvalue, class prvalue, array prvalue or function | ||||||||
| 4845 | // lvalue and "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2", or | ||||||||
| 4846 | if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Compatible && | ||||||||
| 4847 | (InitCategory.isXValue() || | ||||||||
| 4848 | (InitCategory.isPRValue() && | ||||||||
| 4849 | (T2->isRecordType() || T2->isArrayType())) || | ||||||||
| 4850 | (InitCategory.isLValue() && T2->isFunctionType()))) { | ||||||||
| 4851 | // In C++11, this is always a direct binding. In C++98/03, it's a direct | ||||||||
| 4852 | // binding unless we're binding to a class prvalue. | ||||||||
| 4853 | // Note: Although xvalues wouldn't normally show up in C++98/03 code, we | ||||||||
| 4854 | // allow the use of rvalue references in C++98/03 for the benefit of | ||||||||
| 4855 | // standard library implementors; therefore, we need the xvalue check here. | ||||||||
| 4856 | SetAsReferenceBinding(/*BindsDirectly=*/S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || | ||||||||
| 4857 | !(InitCategory.isPRValue() || T2->isRecordType())); | ||||||||
| 4858 | return ICS; | ||||||||
| 4859 | } | ||||||||
| 4860 | |||||||||
| 4861 | // -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is not | ||||||||
| 4862 | // reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly converted to | ||||||||
| 4863 | // an xvalue, class prvalue, or function lvalue of type | ||||||||
| 4864 | // "cv3 T3", where "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with | ||||||||
| 4865 | // "cv3 T3", | ||||||||
| 4866 | // | ||||||||
| 4867 | // then the reference is bound to the value of the initializer | ||||||||
| 4868 | // expression in the first case and to the result of the conversion | ||||||||
| 4869 | // in the second case (or, in either case, to an appropriate base | ||||||||
| 4870 | // class subobject). | ||||||||
| 4871 | if (!SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible && | ||||||||
| 4872 | T2->isRecordType() && S.isCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2) && | ||||||||
| 4873 | FindConversionForRefInit(S, ICS, DeclType, DeclLoc, | ||||||||
| 4874 | Init, T2, /*AllowRvalues=*/true, | ||||||||
| 4875 | AllowExplicit)) { | ||||||||
| 4876 | // In the second case, if the reference is an rvalue reference | ||||||||
| 4877 | // and the second standard conversion sequence of the | ||||||||
| 4878 | // user-defined conversion sequence includes an lvalue-to-rvalue | ||||||||
| 4879 | // conversion, the program is ill-formed. | ||||||||
| 4880 | if (ICS.isUserDefined() && isRValRef && | ||||||||
| 4881 | ICS.UserDefined.After.First == ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue) | ||||||||
| 4882 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType); | ||||||||
| 4883 | |||||||||
| 4884 | return ICS; | ||||||||
| 4885 | } | ||||||||
| 4886 | |||||||||
| 4887 | // A temporary of function type cannot be created; don't even try. | ||||||||
| 4888 | if (T1->isFunctionType()) | ||||||||
| 4889 | return ICS; | ||||||||
| 4890 | |||||||||
| 4891 | // -- Otherwise, a temporary of type "cv1 T1" is created and | ||||||||
| 4892 | // initialized from the initializer expression using the | ||||||||
| 4893 | // rules for a non-reference copy initialization (8.5). The | ||||||||
| 4894 | // reference is then bound to the temporary. If T1 is | ||||||||
| 4895 | // reference-related to T2, cv1 must be the same | ||||||||
| 4896 | // cv-qualification as, or greater cv-qualification than, | ||||||||
| 4897 | // cv2; otherwise, the program is ill-formed. | ||||||||
| 4898 | if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Related) { | ||||||||
| 4899 | // If cv1 == cv2 or cv1 is a greater cv-qualified than cv2, then | ||||||||
| 4900 | // we would be reference-compatible or reference-compatible with | ||||||||
| 4901 | // added qualification. But that wasn't the case, so the reference | ||||||||
| 4902 | // initialization fails. | ||||||||
| 4903 | // | ||||||||
| 4904 | // Note that we only want to check address spaces and cvr-qualifiers here. | ||||||||
| 4905 | // ObjC GC, lifetime and unaligned qualifiers aren't important. | ||||||||
| 4906 | Qualifiers T1Quals = T1.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 4907 | Qualifiers T2Quals = T2.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 4908 | T1Quals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||||
| 4909 | T1Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
| 4910 | T2Quals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||||
| 4911 | T2Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
| 4912 | // MS compiler ignores __unaligned qualifier for references; do the same. | ||||||||
| 4913 | T1Quals.removeUnaligned(); | ||||||||
| 4914 | T2Quals.removeUnaligned(); | ||||||||
| 4915 | if (!T1Quals.compatiblyIncludes(T2Quals)) | ||||||||
| 4916 | return ICS; | ||||||||
| 4917 | } | ||||||||
| 4918 | |||||||||
| 4919 | // If at least one of the types is a class type, the types are not | ||||||||
| 4920 | // related, and we aren't allowed any user conversions, the | ||||||||
| 4921 | // reference binding fails. This case is important for breaking | ||||||||
| 4922 | // recursion, since TryImplicitConversion below will attempt to | ||||||||
| 4923 | // create a temporary through the use of a copy constructor. | ||||||||
| 4924 | if (SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible && | ||||||||
| 4925 | (T1->isRecordType() || T2->isRecordType())) | ||||||||
| 4926 | return ICS; | ||||||||
| 4927 | |||||||||
| 4928 | // If T1 is reference-related to T2 and the reference is an rvalue | ||||||||
| 4929 | // reference, the initializer expression shall not be an lvalue. | ||||||||
| 4930 | if (RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Related && isRValRef && | ||||||||
| 4931 | Init->Classify(S.Context).isLValue()) { | ||||||||
| 4932 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue, Init, DeclType); | ||||||||
| 4933 | return ICS; | ||||||||
| 4934 | } | ||||||||
| 4935 | |||||||||
| 4936 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p2: | ||||||||
| 4937 | // When a parameter of reference type is not bound directly to | ||||||||
| 4938 | // an argument expression, the conversion sequence is the one | ||||||||
| 4939 | // required to convert the argument expression to the | ||||||||
| 4940 | // underlying type of the reference according to | ||||||||
| 4941 | // 13.3.3.1. Conceptually, this conversion sequence corresponds | ||||||||
| 4942 | // to copy-initializing a temporary of the underlying type with | ||||||||
| 4943 | // the argument expression. Any difference in top-level | ||||||||
| 4944 | // cv-qualification is subsumed by the initialization itself | ||||||||
| 4945 | // and does not constitute a conversion. | ||||||||
| 4946 | ICS = TryImplicitConversion(S, Init, T1, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
| 4947 | AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||||||
| 4948 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||||
| 4949 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||||
| 4950 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||||||
| 4951 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||||
| 4952 | |||||||||
| 4953 | // Of course, that's still a reference binding. | ||||||||
| 4954 | if (ICS.isStandard()) { | ||||||||
| 4955 | ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||||
| 4956 | ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef; | ||||||||
| 4957 | ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||||
| 4958 | ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = true; | ||||||||
| 4959 | ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||||
| 4960 | ICS.Standard.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||||||
| 4961 | } else if (ICS.isUserDefined()) { | ||||||||
| 4962 | const ReferenceType *LValRefType = | ||||||||
| 4963 | ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction->getReturnType() | ||||||||
| 4964 | ->getAs<LValueReferenceType>(); | ||||||||
| 4965 | |||||||||
| 4966 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p3: | ||||||||
| 4967 | // Except for an implicit object parameter, for which see 13.3.1, a | ||||||||
| 4968 | // standard conversion sequence cannot be formed if it requires [...] | ||||||||
| 4969 | // binding an rvalue reference to an lvalue other than a function | ||||||||
| 4970 | // lvalue. | ||||||||
| 4971 | // Note that the function case is not possible here. | ||||||||
| 4972 | if (isRValRef && LValRefType) { | ||||||||
| 4973 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType); | ||||||||
| 4974 | return ICS; | ||||||||
| 4975 | } | ||||||||
| 4976 | |||||||||
| 4977 | ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||||
| 4978 | ICS.UserDefined.After.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef; | ||||||||
| 4979 | ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||||
| 4980 | ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsToRvalue = !LValRefType; | ||||||||
| 4981 | ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||||
| 4982 | ICS.UserDefined.After.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||||||
| 4983 | } | ||||||||
| 4984 | |||||||||
| 4985 | return ICS; | ||||||||
| 4986 | } | ||||||||
| 4987 | |||||||||
| 4988 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
| 4989 | TryCopyInitialization(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 4990 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
| 4991 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
| 4992 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
| 4993 | bool AllowExplicit = false); | ||||||||
| 4994 | |||||||||
| 4995 | /// TryListConversion - Try to copy-initialize a value of type ToType from the | ||||||||
| 4996 | /// initializer list From. | ||||||||
| 4997 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
| 4998 | TryListConversion(Sema &S, InitListExpr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 4999 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
| 5000 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
| 5001 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) { | ||||||||
| 5002 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p1: | ||||||||
| 5003 | // When an argument is an initializer list, it is not an expression and | ||||||||
| 5004 | // special rules apply for converting it to a parameter type. | ||||||||
| 5005 | |||||||||
| 5006 | ImplicitConversionSequence Result; | ||||||||
| 5007 | Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||||||
| 5008 | |||||||||
| 5009 | // We need a complete type for what follows. Incomplete types can never be | ||||||||
| 5010 | // initialized from init lists. | ||||||||
| 5011 | if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), ToType)) | ||||||||
| 5012 | return Result; | ||||||||
| 5013 | |||||||||
| 5014 | // Per DR1467: | ||||||||
| 5015 | // If the parameter type is a class X and the initializer list has a single | ||||||||
| 5016 | // element of type cv U, where U is X or a class derived from X, the | ||||||||
| 5017 | // implicit conversion sequence is the one required to convert the element | ||||||||
| 5018 | // to the parameter type. | ||||||||
| 5019 | // | ||||||||
| 5020 | // Otherwise, if the parameter type is a character array [... ] | ||||||||
| 5021 | // and the initializer list has a single element that is an | ||||||||
| 5022 | // appropriately-typed string literal (8.5.2 [dcl.init.string]), the | ||||||||
| 5023 | // implicit conversion sequence is the identity conversion. | ||||||||
| 5024 | if (From->getNumInits() == 1) { | ||||||||
| 5025 | if (ToType->isRecordType()) { | ||||||||
| 5026 | QualType InitType = From->getInit(0)->getType(); | ||||||||
| 5027 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(InitType, ToType) || | ||||||||
| 5028 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), InitType, ToType)) | ||||||||
| 5029 | return TryCopyInitialization(S, From->getInit(0), ToType, | ||||||||
| 5030 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
| 5031 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
| 5032 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||||
| 5033 | } | ||||||||
| 5034 | |||||||||
| 5035 | if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ToType)) { | ||||||||
| 5036 | if (S.IsStringInit(From->getInit(0), AT)) { | ||||||||
| 5037 | InitializedEntity Entity = | ||||||||
| 5038 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, ToType, | ||||||||
| 5039 | /*Consumed=*/false); | ||||||||
| 5040 | if (S.CanPerformCopyInitialization(Entity, From)) { | ||||||||
| 5041 | Result.setStandard(); | ||||||||
| 5042 | Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
| 5043 | Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType); | ||||||||
| 5044 | Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
| 5045 | return Result; | ||||||||
| 5046 | } | ||||||||
| 5047 | } | ||||||||
| 5048 | } | ||||||||
| 5049 | } | ||||||||
| 5050 | |||||||||
| 5051 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p2: Otherwise, if the parameter type [...] (below). | ||||||||
| 5052 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p2: | ||||||||
| 5053 | // If the parameter type is std::initializer_list<X> or "array of X" and | ||||||||
| 5054 | // all the elements can be implicitly converted to X, the implicit | ||||||||
| 5055 | // conversion sequence is the worst conversion necessary to convert an | ||||||||
| 5056 | // element of the list to X. | ||||||||
| 5057 | // | ||||||||
| 5058 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p3: | ||||||||
| 5059 | // Otherwise, if the parameter type is "array of N X", if the initializer | ||||||||
| 5060 | // list has exactly N elements or if it has fewer than N elements and X is | ||||||||
| 5061 | // default-constructible, and if all the elements of the initializer list | ||||||||
| 5062 | // can be implicitly converted to X, the implicit conversion sequence is | ||||||||
| 5063 | // the worst conversion necessary to convert an element of the list to X. | ||||||||
| 5064 | // | ||||||||
| 5065 | // FIXME: We're missing a lot of these checks. | ||||||||
| 5066 | bool toStdInitializerList = false; | ||||||||
| 5067 | QualType X; | ||||||||
| 5068 | if (ToType->isArrayType()) | ||||||||
| 5069 | X = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ToType)->getElementType(); | ||||||||
| 5070 | else | ||||||||
| 5071 | toStdInitializerList = S.isStdInitializerList(ToType, &X); | ||||||||
| 5072 | if (!X.isNull()) { | ||||||||
| 5073 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = From->getNumInits(); i < e; ++i) { | ||||||||
| 5074 | Expr *Init = From->getInit(i); | ||||||||
| 5075 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||||||
| 5076 | TryCopyInitialization(S, Init, X, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
| 5077 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
| 5078 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||||
| 5079 | // If a single element isn't convertible, fail. | ||||||||
| 5080 | if (ICS.isBad()) { | ||||||||
| 5081 | Result = ICS; | ||||||||
| 5082 | break; | ||||||||
| 5083 | } | ||||||||
| 5084 | // Otherwise, look for the worst conversion. | ||||||||
| 5085 | if (Result.isBad() || CompareImplicitConversionSequences( | ||||||||
| 5086 | S, From->getBeginLoc(), ICS, Result) == | ||||||||
| 5087 | ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse) | ||||||||
| 5088 | Result = ICS; | ||||||||
| 5089 | } | ||||||||
| 5090 | |||||||||
| 5091 | // For an empty list, we won't have computed any conversion sequence. | ||||||||
| 5092 | // Introduce the identity conversion sequence. | ||||||||
| 5093 | if (From->getNumInits() == 0) { | ||||||||
| 5094 | Result.setStandard(); | ||||||||
| 5095 | Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
| 5096 | Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType); | ||||||||
| 5097 | Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
| 5098 | } | ||||||||
| 5099 | |||||||||
| 5100 | Result.setStdInitializerListElement(toStdInitializerList); | ||||||||
| 5101 | return Result; | ||||||||
| 5102 | } | ||||||||
| 5103 | |||||||||
| 5104 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p4: | ||||||||
| 5105 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p3: | ||||||||
| 5106 | // Otherwise, if the parameter is a non-aggregate class X and overload | ||||||||
| 5107 | // resolution chooses a single best constructor [...] the implicit | ||||||||
| 5108 | // conversion sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. If multiple | ||||||||
| 5109 | // constructors are viable but none is better than the others, the | ||||||||
| 5110 | // implicit conversion sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. | ||||||||
| 5111 | if (ToType->isRecordType() && !ToType->isAggregateType()) { | ||||||||
| 5112 | // This function can deal with initializer lists. | ||||||||
| 5113 | return TryUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
| 5114 | AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||||||
| 5115 | InOverloadResolution, /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||||
| 5116 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
| 5117 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||||
| 5118 | } | ||||||||
| 5119 | |||||||||
| 5120 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p5: | ||||||||
| 5121 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p4: | ||||||||
| 5122 | // Otherwise, if the parameter has an aggregate type which can be | ||||||||
| 5123 | // initialized from the initializer list [...] the implicit conversion | ||||||||
| 5124 | // sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. | ||||||||
| 5125 | if (ToType->isAggregateType()) { | ||||||||
| 5126 | // Type is an aggregate, argument is an init list. At this point it comes | ||||||||
| 5127 | // down to checking whether the initialization works. | ||||||||
| 5128 | // FIXME: Find out whether this parameter is consumed or not. | ||||||||
| 5129 | InitializedEntity Entity = | ||||||||
| 5130 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, ToType, | ||||||||
| 5131 | /*Consumed=*/false); | ||||||||
| 5132 | if (S.CanPerformAggregateInitializationForOverloadResolution(Entity, | ||||||||
| 5133 | From)) { | ||||||||
| 5134 | Result.setUserDefined(); | ||||||||
| 5135 | Result.UserDefined.Before.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
| 5136 | // Initializer lists don't have a type. | ||||||||
| 5137 | Result.UserDefined.Before.setFromType(QualType()); | ||||||||
| 5138 | Result.UserDefined.Before.setAllToTypes(QualType()); | ||||||||
| 5139 | |||||||||
| 5140 | Result.UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
| 5141 | Result.UserDefined.After.setFromType(ToType); | ||||||||
| 5142 | Result.UserDefined.After.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
| 5143 | Result.UserDefined.ConversionFunction = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 5144 | } | ||||||||
| 5145 | return Result; | ||||||||
| 5146 | } | ||||||||
| 5147 | |||||||||
| 5148 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p6: | ||||||||
| 5149 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p5: | ||||||||
| 5150 | // Otherwise, if the parameter is a reference, see 13.3.3.1.4. | ||||||||
| 5151 | if (ToType->isReferenceType()) { | ||||||||
| 5152 | // The standard is notoriously unclear here, since 13.3.3.1.4 doesn't | ||||||||
| 5153 | // mention initializer lists in any way. So we go by what list- | ||||||||
| 5154 | // initialization would do and try to extrapolate from that. | ||||||||
| 5155 | |||||||||
| 5156 | QualType T1 = ToType->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 5157 | |||||||||
| 5158 | // If the initializer list has a single element that is reference-related | ||||||||
| 5159 | // to the parameter type, we initialize the reference from that. | ||||||||
| 5160 | if (From->getNumInits() == 1) { | ||||||||
| 5161 | Expr *Init = From->getInit(0); | ||||||||
| 5162 | |||||||||
| 5163 | QualType T2 = Init->getType(); | ||||||||
| 5164 | |||||||||
| 5165 | // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try | ||||||||
| 5166 | // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the | ||||||||
| 5167 | // type of the resulting function. | ||||||||
| 5168 | if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||||
| 5169 | DeclAccessPair Found; | ||||||||
| 5170 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction( | ||||||||
| 5171 | Init, ToType, false, Found)) | ||||||||
| 5172 | T2 = Fn->getType(); | ||||||||
| 5173 | } | ||||||||
| 5174 | |||||||||
| 5175 | // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer. | ||||||||
| 5176 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship = | ||||||||
| 5177 | S.CompareReferenceRelationship(From->getBeginLoc(), T1, T2); | ||||||||
| 5178 | |||||||||
| 5179 | if (RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Related) { | ||||||||
| 5180 | return TryReferenceInit(S, Init, ToType, /*FIXME*/ From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
| 5181 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
| 5182 | /*AllowExplicit=*/false); | ||||||||
| 5183 | } | ||||||||
| 5184 | } | ||||||||
| 5185 | |||||||||
| 5186 | // Otherwise, we bind the reference to a temporary created from the | ||||||||
| 5187 | // initializer list. | ||||||||
| 5188 | Result = TryListConversion(S, From, T1, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
| 5189 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
| 5190 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||||
| 5191 | if (Result.isFailure()) | ||||||||
| 5192 | return Result; | ||||||||
| 5193 | assert(!Result.isEllipsis() &&((!Result.isEllipsis() && "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Result.isEllipsis() && \"Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5194, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 5194 | "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.")((!Result.isEllipsis() && "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Result.isEllipsis() && \"Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5194, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 5195 | |||||||||
| 5196 | // Can we even bind to a temporary? | ||||||||
| 5197 | if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType() || | ||||||||
| 5198 | (T1.isConstQualified() && !T1.isVolatileQualified())) { | ||||||||
| 5199 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS = Result.isStandard() ? Result.Standard : | ||||||||
| 5200 | Result.UserDefined.After; | ||||||||
| 5201 | SCS.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||||
| 5202 | SCS.IsLvalueReference = ToType->isLValueReferenceType(); | ||||||||
| 5203 | SCS.BindsToRvalue = true; | ||||||||
| 5204 | SCS.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||||
| 5205 | SCS.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||||
| 5206 | SCS.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||||||
| 5207 | } else | ||||||||
| 5208 | Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, | ||||||||
| 5209 | From, ToType); | ||||||||
| 5210 | return Result; | ||||||||
| 5211 | } | ||||||||
| 5212 | |||||||||
| 5213 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p7: | ||||||||
| 5214 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p6: | ||||||||
| 5215 | // Otherwise, if the parameter type is not a class: | ||||||||
| 5216 | if (!ToType->isRecordType()) { | ||||||||
| 5217 | // - if the initializer list has one element that is not itself an | ||||||||
| 5218 | // initializer list, the implicit conversion sequence is the one | ||||||||
| 5219 | // required to convert the element to the parameter type. | ||||||||
| 5220 | unsigned NumInits = From->getNumInits(); | ||||||||
| 5221 | if (NumInits == 1 && !isa<InitListExpr>(From->getInit(0))) | ||||||||
| 5222 | Result = TryCopyInitialization(S, From->getInit(0), ToType, | ||||||||
| 5223 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
| 5224 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
| 5225 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||||
| 5226 | // - if the initializer list has no elements, the implicit conversion | ||||||||
| 5227 | // sequence is the identity conversion. | ||||||||
| 5228 | else if (NumInits == 0) { | ||||||||
| 5229 | Result.setStandard(); | ||||||||
| 5230 | Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
| 5231 | Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType); | ||||||||
| 5232 | Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
| 5233 | } | ||||||||
| 5234 | return Result; | ||||||||
| 5235 | } | ||||||||
| 5236 | |||||||||
| 5237 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p8: | ||||||||
| 5238 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p7: | ||||||||
| 5239 | // In all cases other than those enumerated above, no conversion is possible | ||||||||
| 5240 | return Result; | ||||||||
| 5241 | } | ||||||||
| 5242 | |||||||||
| 5243 | /// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type | ||||||||
| 5244 | /// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion | ||||||||
| 5245 | /// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad | ||||||||
| 5246 | /// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to | ||||||||
| 5247 | /// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we | ||||||||
| 5248 | /// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences. | ||||||||
| 5249 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
| 5250 | TryCopyInitialization(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
| 5251 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
| 5252 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
| 5253 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
| 5254 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||||
| 5255 | if (InitListExpr *FromInitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(From)) | ||||||||
| 5256 | return TryListConversion(S, FromInitList, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
| 5257 | InOverloadResolution,AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||||
| 5258 | |||||||||
| 5259 | if (ToType->isReferenceType()) | ||||||||
| 5260 | return TryReferenceInit(S, From, ToType, | ||||||||
| 5261 | /*FIXME:*/ From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
| 5262 | SuppressUserConversions, AllowExplicit); | ||||||||
| 5263 | |||||||||
| 5264 | return TryImplicitConversion(S, From, ToType, | ||||||||
| 5265 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
| 5266 | AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||||||
| 5267 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
| 5268 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||||
| 5269 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
| 5270 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||||
| 5271 | } | ||||||||
| 5272 | |||||||||
| 5273 | static bool TryCopyInitialization(const CanQualType FromQTy, | ||||||||
| 5274 | const CanQualType ToQTy, | ||||||||
| 5275 | Sema &S, | ||||||||
| 5276 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
| 5277 | ExprValueKind FromVK) { | ||||||||
| 5278 | OpaqueValueExpr TmpExpr(Loc, FromQTy, FromVK); | ||||||||
| 5279 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||||||
| 5280 | TryCopyInitialization(S, &TmpExpr, ToQTy, true, true, false); | ||||||||
| 5281 | |||||||||
| 5282 | return !ICS.isBad(); | ||||||||
| 5283 | } | ||||||||
| 5284 | |||||||||
| 5285 | /// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object | ||||||||
| 5286 | /// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the | ||||||||
| 5287 | /// expression @p From. | ||||||||
| 5288 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
| 5289 | TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType FromType, | ||||||||
| 5290 | Expr::Classification FromClassification, | ||||||||
| 5291 | CXXMethodDecl *Method, | ||||||||
| 5292 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext) { | ||||||||
| 5293 | QualType ClassType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(ActingContext); | ||||||||
| 5294 | // [class.dtor]p2: A destructor can be invoked for a const, volatile or | ||||||||
| 5295 | // const volatile object. | ||||||||
| 5296 | Qualifiers Quals = Method->getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 5297 | if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Method)) { | ||||||||
| 5298 | Quals.addConst(); | ||||||||
| 5299 | Quals.addVolatile(); | ||||||||
| 5300 | } | ||||||||
| 5301 | |||||||||
| 5302 | QualType ImplicitParamType = S.Context.getQualifiedType(ClassType, Quals); | ||||||||
| 5303 | |||||||||
| 5304 | // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us | ||||||||
| 5305 | // to exit early. | ||||||||
| 5306 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||||
| 5307 | |||||||||
| 5308 | // We need to have an object of class type. | ||||||||
| 5309 | if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
| 5310 | FromType = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 5311 | |||||||||
| 5312 | // When we had a pointer, it's implicitly dereferenced, so we | ||||||||
| 5313 | // better have an lvalue. | ||||||||
| 5314 | assert(FromClassification.isLValue())((FromClassification.isLValue()) ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("FromClassification.isLValue()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5314, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 5315 | } | ||||||||
| 5316 | |||||||||
| 5317 | assert(FromType->isRecordType())((FromType->isRecordType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FromType->isRecordType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5317, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 5318 | |||||||||
| 5319 | // C++0x [over.match.funcs]p4: | ||||||||
| 5320 | // For non-static member functions, the type of the implicit object | ||||||||
| 5321 | // parameter is | ||||||||
| 5322 | // | ||||||||
| 5323 | // - "lvalue reference to cv X" for functions declared without a | ||||||||
| 5324 | // ref-qualifier or with the & ref-qualifier | ||||||||
| 5325 | // - "rvalue reference to cv X" for functions declared with the && | ||||||||
| 5326 | // ref-qualifier | ||||||||
| 5327 | // | ||||||||
| 5328 | // where X is the class of which the function is a member and cv is the | ||||||||
| 5329 | // cv-qualification on the member function declaration. | ||||||||
| 5330 | // | ||||||||
| 5331 | // However, when finding an implicit conversion sequence for the argument, we | ||||||||
| 5332 | // are not allowed to perform user-defined conversions | ||||||||
| 5333 | // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of | ||||||||
| 5334 | // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to | ||||||||
| 5335 | // non-constant references. | ||||||||
| 5336 | |||||||||
| 5337 | // First check the qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 5338 | QualType FromTypeCanon = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||||||
| 5339 | if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers() | ||||||||
| 5340 | != FromTypeCanon.getLocalCVRQualifiers() && | ||||||||
| 5341 | !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTypeCanon)) { | ||||||||
| 5342 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers, | ||||||||
| 5343 | FromType, ImplicitParamType); | ||||||||
| 5344 | return ICS; | ||||||||
| 5345 | } | ||||||||
| 5346 | |||||||||
| 5347 | if (FromTypeCanon.hasAddressSpace()) { | ||||||||
| 5348 | Qualifiers QualsImplicitParamType = ImplicitParamType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 5349 | Qualifiers QualsFromType = FromTypeCanon.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 5350 | if (!QualsImplicitParamType.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(QualsFromType)) { | ||||||||
| 5351 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers, | ||||||||
| 5352 | FromType, ImplicitParamType); | ||||||||
| 5353 | return ICS; | ||||||||
| 5354 | } | ||||||||
| 5355 | } | ||||||||
| 5356 | |||||||||
| 5357 | // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It | ||||||||
| 5358 | // affects the conversion rank. | ||||||||
| 5359 | QualType ClassTypeCanon = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType); | ||||||||
| 5360 | ImplicitConversionKind SecondKind; | ||||||||
| 5361 | if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getLocalUnqualifiedType()) { | ||||||||
| 5362 | SecondKind = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
| 5363 | } else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType, ClassType)) | ||||||||
| 5364 | SecondKind = ICK_Derived_To_Base; | ||||||||
| 5365 | else { | ||||||||
| 5366 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class, | ||||||||
| 5367 | FromType, ImplicitParamType); | ||||||||
| 5368 | return ICS; | ||||||||
| 5369 | } | ||||||||
| 5370 | |||||||||
| 5371 | // Check the ref-qualifier. | ||||||||
| 5372 | switch (Method->getRefQualifier()) { | ||||||||
| 5373 | case RQ_None: | ||||||||
| 5374 | // Do nothing; we don't care about lvalueness or rvalueness. | ||||||||
| 5375 | break; | ||||||||
| 5376 | |||||||||
| 5377 | case RQ_LValue: | ||||||||
| 5378 | if (!FromClassification.isLValue() && !Quals.hasOnlyConst()) { | ||||||||
| 5379 | // non-const lvalue reference cannot bind to an rvalue | ||||||||
| 5380 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, FromType, | ||||||||
| 5381 | ImplicitParamType); | ||||||||
| 5382 | return ICS; | ||||||||
| 5383 | } | ||||||||
| 5384 | break; | ||||||||
| 5385 | |||||||||
| 5386 | case RQ_RValue: | ||||||||
| 5387 | if (!FromClassification.isRValue()) { | ||||||||
| 5388 | // rvalue reference cannot bind to an lvalue | ||||||||
| 5389 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue, FromType, | ||||||||
| 5390 | ImplicitParamType); | ||||||||
| 5391 | return ICS; | ||||||||
| 5392 | } | ||||||||
| 5393 | break; | ||||||||
| 5394 | } | ||||||||
| 5395 | |||||||||
| 5396 | // Success. Mark this as a reference binding. | ||||||||
| 5397 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||||
| 5398 | ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
| 5399 | ICS.Standard.Second = SecondKind; | ||||||||
| 5400 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType); | ||||||||
| 5401 | ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ImplicitParamType); | ||||||||
| 5402 | ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||||
| 5403 | ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true; | ||||||||
| 5404 | ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = Method->getRefQualifier() != RQ_RValue; | ||||||||
| 5405 | ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||||
| 5406 | ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = FromClassification.isRValue(); | ||||||||
| 5407 | ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier | ||||||||
| 5408 | = (Method->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None); | ||||||||
| 5409 | return ICS; | ||||||||
| 5410 | } | ||||||||
| 5411 | |||||||||
| 5412 | /// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of | ||||||||
| 5413 | /// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given | ||||||||
| 5414 | /// expression. | ||||||||
| 5415 | ExprResult | ||||||||
| 5416 | Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, | ||||||||
| 5417 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, | ||||||||
| 5418 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, | ||||||||
| 5419 | CXXMethodDecl *Method) { | ||||||||
| 5420 | QualType FromRecordType, DestType; | ||||||||
| 5421 | QualType ImplicitParamRecordType = | ||||||||
| 5422 | Method->getThisType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 5423 | |||||||||
| 5424 | Expr::Classification FromClassification; | ||||||||
| 5425 | if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
| 5426 | FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 5427 | DestType = Method->getThisType(); | ||||||||
| 5428 | FromClassification = Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue(); | ||||||||
| 5429 | } else { | ||||||||
| 5430 | FromRecordType = From->getType(); | ||||||||
| 5431 | DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType; | ||||||||
| 5432 | FromClassification = From->Classify(Context); | ||||||||
| 5433 | |||||||||
| 5434 | // When performing member access on an rvalue, materialize a temporary. | ||||||||
| 5435 | if (From->isRValue()) { | ||||||||
| 5436 | From = CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(FromRecordType, From, | ||||||||
| 5437 | Method->getRefQualifier() != | ||||||||
| 5438 | RefQualifierKind::RQ_RValue); | ||||||||
| 5439 | } | ||||||||
| 5440 | } | ||||||||
| 5441 | |||||||||
| 5442 | // Note that we always use the true parent context when performing | ||||||||
| 5443 | // the actual argument initialization. | ||||||||
| 5444 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||||||
| 5445 | *this, From->getBeginLoc(), From->getType(), FromClassification, Method, | ||||||||
| 5446 | Method->getParent()); | ||||||||
| 5447 | if (ICS.isBad()) { | ||||||||
| 5448 | switch (ICS.Bad.Kind) { | ||||||||
| 5449 | case BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers: { | ||||||||
| 5450 | Qualifiers FromQs = FromRecordType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 5451 | Qualifiers ToQs = DestType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 5452 | unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||||
| 5453 | if (CVR) { | ||||||||
| 5454 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_member_function_call_bad_cvr) | ||||||||
| 5455 | << Method->getDeclName() << FromRecordType << (CVR - 1) | ||||||||
| 5456 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 5457 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) | ||||||||
| 5458 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
| 5459 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 5460 | } | ||||||||
| 5461 | break; | ||||||||
| 5462 | } | ||||||||
| 5463 | |||||||||
| 5464 | case BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue: | ||||||||
| 5465 | case BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue: { | ||||||||
| 5466 | bool IsRValueQualified = | ||||||||
| 5467 | Method->getRefQualifier() == RefQualifierKind::RQ_RValue; | ||||||||
| 5468 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_member_function_call_bad_ref) | ||||||||
| 5469 | << Method->getDeclName() << FromClassification.isRValue() | ||||||||
| 5470 | << IsRValueQualified; | ||||||||
| 5471 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) | ||||||||
| 5472 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
| 5473 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 5474 | } | ||||||||
| 5475 | |||||||||
| 5476 | case BadConversionSequence::no_conversion: | ||||||||
| 5477 | case BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class: | ||||||||
| 5478 | break; | ||||||||
| 5479 | } | ||||||||
| 5480 | |||||||||
| 5481 | return Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_member_function_call_bad_type) | ||||||||
| 5482 | << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType | ||||||||
| 5483 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 5484 | } | ||||||||
| 5485 | |||||||||
| 5486 | if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { | ||||||||
| 5487 | ExprResult FromRes = | ||||||||
| 5488 | PerformObjectMemberConversion(From, Qualifier, FoundDecl, Method); | ||||||||
| 5489 | if (FromRes.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 5490 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 5491 | From = FromRes.get(); | ||||||||
| 5492 | } | ||||||||
| 5493 | |||||||||
| 5494 | if (!Context.hasSameType(From->getType(), DestType)) { | ||||||||
| 5495 | CastKind CK; | ||||||||
| 5496 | QualType PteeTy = DestType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 5497 | LangAS DestAS = | ||||||||
| 5498 | PteeTy.isNull() ? DestType.getAddressSpace() : PteeTy.getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
| 5499 | if (FromRecordType.getAddressSpace() != DestAS) | ||||||||
| 5500 | CK = CK_AddressSpaceConversion; | ||||||||
| 5501 | else | ||||||||
| 5502 | CK = CK_NoOp; | ||||||||
| 5503 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK, From->getValueKind()).get(); | ||||||||
| 5504 | } | ||||||||
| 5505 | return From; | ||||||||
| 5506 | } | ||||||||
| 5507 | |||||||||
| 5508 | /// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the | ||||||||
| 5509 | /// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3). | ||||||||
| 5510 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
| 5511 | TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Sema &S, Expr *From) { | ||||||||
| 5512 | // C++ [dcl.init]/17.8: | ||||||||
| 5513 | // - Otherwise, if the initialization is direct-initialization, the source | ||||||||
| 5514 | // type is std::nullptr_t, and the destination type is bool, the initial | ||||||||
| 5515 | // value of the object being initialized is false. | ||||||||
| 5516 | if (From->getType()->isNullPtrType()) | ||||||||
| 5517 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::getNullptrToBool(From->getType(), | ||||||||
| 5518 | S.Context.BoolTy, | ||||||||
| 5519 | From->isGLValue()); | ||||||||
| 5520 | |||||||||
| 5521 | // All other direct-initialization of bool is equivalent to an implicit | ||||||||
| 5522 | // conversion to bool in which explicit conversions are permitted. | ||||||||
| 5523 | return TryImplicitConversion(S, From, S.Context.BoolTy, | ||||||||
| 5524 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||||
| 5525 | AllowedExplicit::Conversions, | ||||||||
| 5526 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||||
| 5527 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||||
| 5528 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||||||
| 5529 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||||
| 5530 | } | ||||||||
| 5531 | |||||||||
| 5532 | /// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion | ||||||||
| 5533 | /// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3). | ||||||||
| 5534 | ExprResult Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) { | ||||||||
| 5535 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From)) | ||||||||
| 5536 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 5537 | |||||||||
| 5538 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(*this, From); | ||||||||
| 5539 | if (!ICS.isBad()) | ||||||||
| 5540 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, AA_Converting); | ||||||||
| 5541 | |||||||||
| 5542 | if (!DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy)) | ||||||||
| 5543 | return Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition) | ||||||||
| 5544 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 5545 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 5546 | } | ||||||||
| 5547 | |||||||||
| 5548 | /// Check that the specified conversion is permitted in a converted constant | ||||||||
| 5549 | /// expression, according to C++11 [expr.const]p3. Return true if the conversion | ||||||||
| 5550 | /// is acceptable. | ||||||||
| 5551 | static bool CheckConvertedConstantConversions(Sema &S, | ||||||||
| 5552 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS) { | ||||||||
| 5553 | // Since we know that the target type is an integral or unscoped enumeration | ||||||||
| 5554 | // type, most conversion kinds are impossible. All possible First and Third | ||||||||
| 5555 | // conversions are fine. | ||||||||
| 5556 | switch (SCS.Second) { | ||||||||
| 5557 | case ICK_Identity: | ||||||||
| 5558 | case ICK_Integral_Promotion: | ||||||||
| 5559 | case ICK_Integral_Conversion: // Narrowing conversions are checked elsewhere. | ||||||||
| 5560 | case ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion: | ||||||||
| 5561 | return true; | ||||||||
| 5562 | |||||||||
| 5563 | case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: | ||||||||
| 5564 | // Conversion from an integral or unscoped enumeration type to bool is | ||||||||
| 5565 | // classified as ICK_Boolean_Conversion, but it's also arguably an integral | ||||||||
| 5566 | // conversion, so we allow it in a converted constant expression. | ||||||||
| 5567 | // | ||||||||
| 5568 | // FIXME: Per core issue 1407, we should not allow this, but that breaks | ||||||||
| 5569 | // a lot of popular code. We should at least add a warning for this | ||||||||
| 5570 | // (non-conforming) extension. | ||||||||
| 5571 | return SCS.getFromType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||||||
| 5572 | SCS.getToType(2)->isBooleanType(); | ||||||||
| 5573 | |||||||||
| 5574 | case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: | ||||||||
| 5575 | case ICK_Pointer_Member: | ||||||||
| 5576 | // C++1z: null pointer conversions and null member pointer conversions are | ||||||||
| 5577 | // only permitted if the source type is std::nullptr_t. | ||||||||
| 5578 | return SCS.getFromType()->isNullPtrType(); | ||||||||
| 5579 | |||||||||
| 5580 | case ICK_Floating_Promotion: | ||||||||
| 5581 | case ICK_Complex_Promotion: | ||||||||
| 5582 | case ICK_Floating_Conversion: | ||||||||
| 5583 | case ICK_Complex_Conversion: | ||||||||
| 5584 | case ICK_Floating_Integral: | ||||||||
| 5585 | case ICK_Compatible_Conversion: | ||||||||
| 5586 | case ICK_Derived_To_Base: | ||||||||
| 5587 | case ICK_Vector_Conversion: | ||||||||
| 5588 | case ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion: | ||||||||
| 5589 | case ICK_Vector_Splat: | ||||||||
| 5590 | case ICK_Complex_Real: | ||||||||
| 5591 | case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: | ||||||||
| 5592 | case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: | ||||||||
| 5593 | case ICK_Writeback_Conversion: | ||||||||
| 5594 | case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion: | ||||||||
| 5595 | case ICK_C_Only_Conversion: | ||||||||
| 5596 | case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion: | ||||||||
| 5597 | return false; | ||||||||
| 5598 | |||||||||
| 5599 | case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: | ||||||||
| 5600 | case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: | ||||||||
| 5601 | case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: | ||||||||
| 5602 | llvm_unreachable("found a first conversion kind in Second")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("found a first conversion kind in Second" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5602); | ||||||||
| 5603 | |||||||||
| 5604 | case ICK_Function_Conversion: | ||||||||
| 5605 | case ICK_Qualification: | ||||||||
| 5606 | llvm_unreachable("found a third conversion kind in Second")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("found a third conversion kind in Second" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5606); | ||||||||
| 5607 | |||||||||
| 5608 | case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds: | ||||||||
| 5609 | break; | ||||||||
| 5610 | } | ||||||||
| 5611 | |||||||||
| 5612 | llvm_unreachable("unknown conversion kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unknown conversion kind", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5612); | ||||||||
| 5613 | } | ||||||||
| 5614 | |||||||||
| 5615 | /// CheckConvertedConstantExpression - Check that the expression From is a | ||||||||
| 5616 | /// converted constant expression of type T, perform the conversion and produce | ||||||||
| 5617 | /// the converted expression, per C++11 [expr.const]p3. | ||||||||
| 5618 | static ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Sema &S, Expr *From, | ||||||||
| 5619 | QualType T, APValue &Value, | ||||||||
| 5620 | Sema::CCEKind CCE, | ||||||||
| 5621 | bool RequireInt, | ||||||||
| 5622 | NamedDecl *Dest) { | ||||||||
| 5623 | assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&((S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && "converted constant expression outside C++11" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && \"converted constant expression outside C++11\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5624, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 5624 | "converted constant expression outside C++11")((S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && "converted constant expression outside C++11" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && \"converted constant expression outside C++11\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5624, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 5625 | |||||||||
| 5626 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(S, From)) | ||||||||
| 5627 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 5628 | |||||||||
| 5629 | // C++1z [expr.const]p3: | ||||||||
| 5630 | // A converted constant expression of type T is an expression, | ||||||||
| 5631 | // implicitly converted to type T, where the converted | ||||||||
| 5632 | // expression is a constant expression and the implicit conversion | ||||||||
| 5633 | // sequence contains only [... list of conversions ...]. | ||||||||
| 5634 | // C++1z [stmt.if]p2: | ||||||||
| 5635 | // If the if statement is of the form if constexpr, the value of the | ||||||||
| 5636 | // condition shall be a contextually converted constant expression of type | ||||||||
| 5637 | // bool. | ||||||||
| 5638 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||||||
| 5639 | CCE == Sema::CCEK_ConstexprIf || CCE == Sema::CCEK_ExplicitBool | ||||||||
| 5640 | ? TryContextuallyConvertToBool(S, From) | ||||||||
| 5641 | : TryCopyInitialization(S, From, T, | ||||||||
| 5642 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||||
| 5643 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||||
| 5644 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||||||
| 5645 | /*AllowExplicit=*/false); | ||||||||
| 5646 | StandardConversionSequence *SCS = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 5647 | switch (ICS.getKind()) { | ||||||||
| 5648 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: | ||||||||
| 5649 | SCS = &ICS.Standard; | ||||||||
| 5650 | break; | ||||||||
| 5651 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: | ||||||||
| 5652 | if (T->isRecordType()) | ||||||||
| 5653 | SCS = &ICS.UserDefined.Before; | ||||||||
| 5654 | else | ||||||||
| 5655 | SCS = &ICS.UserDefined.After; | ||||||||
| 5656 | break; | ||||||||
| 5657 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: | ||||||||
| 5658 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: | ||||||||
| 5659 | if (!S.DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, T)) | ||||||||
| 5660 | return S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
| 5661 | diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression) | ||||||||
| 5662 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T; | ||||||||
| 5663 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 5664 | |||||||||
| 5665 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: | ||||||||
| 5666 | llvm_unreachable("ellipsis conversion in converted constant expression")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("ellipsis conversion in converted constant expression" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5666); | ||||||||
| 5667 | } | ||||||||
| 5668 | |||||||||
| 5669 | // Check that we would only use permitted conversions. | ||||||||
| 5670 | if (!CheckConvertedConstantConversions(S, *SCS)) { | ||||||||
| 5671 | return S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
| 5672 | diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression_disallowed) | ||||||||
| 5673 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T; | ||||||||
| 5674 | } | ||||||||
| 5675 | // [...] and where the reference binding (if any) binds directly. | ||||||||
| 5676 | if (SCS->ReferenceBinding && !SCS->DirectBinding) { | ||||||||
| 5677 | return S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
| 5678 | diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression_indirect) | ||||||||
| 5679 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T; | ||||||||
| 5680 | } | ||||||||
| 5681 | |||||||||
| 5682 | // Usually we can simply apply the ImplicitConversionSequence we formed | ||||||||
| 5683 | // earlier, but that's not guaranteed to work when initializing an object of | ||||||||
| 5684 | // class type. | ||||||||
| 5685 | ExprResult Result; | ||||||||
| 5686 | if (T->isRecordType()) { | ||||||||
| 5687 | assert(CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg &&((CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && "unexpected class type converted constant expr" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && \"unexpected class type converted constant expr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5688, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 5688 | "unexpected class type converted constant expr")((CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && "unexpected class type converted constant expr" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && \"unexpected class type converted constant expr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5688, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 5689 | Result = S.PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||||||
| 5690 | InitializedEntity::InitializeTemplateParameter( | ||||||||
| 5691 | T, cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Dest)), | ||||||||
| 5692 | SourceLocation(), From); | ||||||||
| 5693 | } else { | ||||||||
| 5694 | Result = S.PerformImplicitConversion(From, T, ICS, Sema::AA_Converting); | ||||||||
| 5695 | } | ||||||||
| 5696 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 5697 | return Result; | ||||||||
| 5698 | |||||||||
| 5699 | // C++2a [intro.execution]p5: | ||||||||
| 5700 | // A full-expression is [...] a constant-expression [...] | ||||||||
| 5701 | Result = | ||||||||
| 5702 | S.ActOnFinishFullExpr(Result.get(), From->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
| 5703 | /*DiscardedValue=*/false, /*IsConstexpr=*/true); | ||||||||
| 5704 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 5705 | return Result; | ||||||||
| 5706 | |||||||||
| 5707 | // Check for a narrowing implicit conversion. | ||||||||
| 5708 | bool ReturnPreNarrowingValue = false; | ||||||||
| 5709 | APValue PreNarrowingValue; | ||||||||
| 5710 | QualType PreNarrowingType; | ||||||||
| 5711 | switch (SCS->getNarrowingKind(S.Context, Result.get(), PreNarrowingValue, | ||||||||
| 5712 | PreNarrowingType)) { | ||||||||
| 5713 | case NK_Dependent_Narrowing: | ||||||||
| 5714 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, but the expression is | ||||||||
| 5715 | // value-dependent so we can't tell whether it's actually narrowing. | ||||||||
| 5716 | case NK_Variable_Narrowing: | ||||||||
| 5717 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, and the value is not a constant | ||||||||
| 5718 | // expression. We'll diagnose this in a moment. | ||||||||
| 5719 | case NK_Not_Narrowing: | ||||||||
| 5720 | break; | ||||||||
| 5721 | |||||||||
| 5722 | case NK_Constant_Narrowing: | ||||||||
| 5723 | if (CCE == Sema::CCEK_ArrayBound && | ||||||||
| 5724 | PreNarrowingType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && | ||||||||
| 5725 | PreNarrowingValue.isInt()) { | ||||||||
| 5726 | // Don't diagnose array bound narrowing here; we produce more precise | ||||||||
| 5727 | // errors by allowing the un-narrowed value through. | ||||||||
| 5728 | ReturnPreNarrowingValue = true; | ||||||||
| 5729 | break; | ||||||||
| 5730 | } | ||||||||
| 5731 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_cce_narrowing) | ||||||||
| 5732 | << CCE << /*Constant*/ 1 | ||||||||
| 5733 | << PreNarrowingValue.getAsString(S.Context, PreNarrowingType) << T; | ||||||||
| 5734 | break; | ||||||||
| 5735 | |||||||||
| 5736 | case NK_Type_Narrowing: | ||||||||
| 5737 | // FIXME: It would be better to diagnose that the expression is not a | ||||||||
| 5738 | // constant expression. | ||||||||
| 5739 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_cce_narrowing) | ||||||||
| 5740 | << CCE << /*Constant*/ 0 << From->getType() << T; | ||||||||
| 5741 | break; | ||||||||
| 5742 | } | ||||||||
| 5743 | |||||||||
| 5744 | if (Result.get()->isValueDependent()) { | ||||||||
| 5745 | Value = APValue(); | ||||||||
| 5746 | return Result; | ||||||||
| 5747 | } | ||||||||
| 5748 | |||||||||
| 5749 | // Check the expression is a constant expression. | ||||||||
| 5750 | SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; | ||||||||
| 5751 | Expr::EvalResult Eval; | ||||||||
| 5752 | Eval.Diag = &Notes; | ||||||||
| 5753 | |||||||||
| 5754 | ConstantExprKind Kind; | ||||||||
| 5755 | if (CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && T->isRecordType()) | ||||||||
| 5756 | Kind = ConstantExprKind::ClassTemplateArgument; | ||||||||
| 5757 | else if (CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg) | ||||||||
| 5758 | Kind = ConstantExprKind::NonClassTemplateArgument; | ||||||||
| 5759 | else | ||||||||
| 5760 | Kind = ConstantExprKind::Normal; | ||||||||
| 5761 | |||||||||
| 5762 | if (!Result.get()->EvaluateAsConstantExpr(Eval, S.Context, Kind) || | ||||||||
| 5763 | (RequireInt && !Eval.Val.isInt())) { | ||||||||
| 5764 | // The expression can't be folded, so we can't keep it at this position in | ||||||||
| 5765 | // the AST. | ||||||||
| 5766 | Result = ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 5767 | } else { | ||||||||
| 5768 | Value = Eval.Val; | ||||||||
| 5769 | |||||||||
| 5770 | if (Notes.empty()) { | ||||||||
| 5771 | // It's a constant expression. | ||||||||
| 5772 | Expr *E = ConstantExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get(), Value); | ||||||||
| 5773 | if (ReturnPreNarrowingValue) | ||||||||
| 5774 | Value = std::move(PreNarrowingValue); | ||||||||
| 5775 | return E; | ||||||||
| 5776 | } | ||||||||
| 5777 | } | ||||||||
| 5778 | |||||||||
| 5779 | // It's not a constant expression. Produce an appropriate diagnostic. | ||||||||
| 5780 | if (Notes.size() == 1 && | ||||||||
| 5781 | Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { | ||||||||
| 5782 | S.Diag(Notes[0].first, diag::err_expr_not_cce) << CCE; | ||||||||
| 5783 | } else if (!Notes.empty() && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == | ||||||||
| 5784 | diag::note_constexpr_invalid_template_arg) { | ||||||||
| 5785 | Notes[0].second.setDiagID(diag::err_constexpr_invalid_template_arg); | ||||||||
| 5786 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < Notes.size(); ++I) | ||||||||
| 5787 | S.Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); | ||||||||
| 5788 | } else { | ||||||||
| 5789 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_cce) | ||||||||
| 5790 | << CCE << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 5791 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < Notes.size(); ++I) | ||||||||
| 5792 | S.Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); | ||||||||
| 5793 | } | ||||||||
| 5794 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 5795 | } | ||||||||
| 5796 | |||||||||
| 5797 | ExprResult Sema::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, | ||||||||
| 5798 | APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE, | ||||||||
| 5799 | NamedDecl *Dest) { | ||||||||
| 5800 | return ::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(*this, From, T, Value, CCE, false, | ||||||||
| 5801 | Dest); | ||||||||
| 5802 | } | ||||||||
| 5803 | |||||||||
| 5804 | ExprResult Sema::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, | ||||||||
| 5805 | llvm::APSInt &Value, | ||||||||
| 5806 | CCEKind CCE) { | ||||||||
| 5807 | assert(T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && "unexpected converted const type")((T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && "unexpected converted const type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && \"unexpected converted const type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-12~++20201129111111+e987fbdd85d/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5807, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 5808 | |||||||||
| 5809 | APValue V; | ||||||||
| 5810 | auto R = ::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(*this, From, T, V, CCE, true, | ||||||||
| 5811 | /*Dest=*/nullptr); | ||||||||
| 5812 | if (!R.isInvalid() && !R.get()->isValueDependent()) | ||||||||
| 5813 | Value = V.getInt(); | ||||||||
| 5814 | return R; | ||||||||
| 5815 | } | ||||||||
| 5816 | |||||||||
| 5817 | |||||||||
| 5818 | /// dropPointerConversions - If the given standard conversion sequence | ||||||||
| 5819 | /// involves any pointer conversions, remove them. This may change | ||||||||
| 5820 | /// the result type of the conversion sequence. | ||||||||
| 5821 | static void dropPointerConversion(StandardConversionSequence &SCS) { | ||||||||
| 5822 | if (SCS.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion) { | ||||||||
| 5823 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
| 5824 | SCS.Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
| 5825 | SCS.ToTypePtrs[2] = SCS.ToTypePtrs[1] = SCS.ToTypePtrs[0]; | ||||||||
| 5826 | } | ||||||||
| 5827 | } | ||||||||
| 5828 | |||||||||
| 5829 | /// TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer - Attempt to contextually | ||||||||
| 5830 | /// convert the expression From to an Objective-C pointer type. | ||||||||
| 5831 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
| 5832 | TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Sema &S, Expr *From) { | ||||||||
| 5833 | // Do an implicit conversion to 'id'. | ||||||||
| 5834 | QualType Ty = S.Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||||||
| 5835 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS | ||||||||
| 5836 | = TryImplicitConversion(S, From, Ty, | ||||||||
| 5837 | // FIXME: Are these flags correct? | ||||||||
| 5838 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||||
| 5839 | AllowedExplicit::Conversions, | ||||||||
| 5840 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||||
| 5841 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||||
| 5842 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||||||
| 5843 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/true); | ||||||||
| 5844 | |||||||||
| 5845 | // Strip off any final conversions to 'id'. | ||||||||
| 5846 | switch (ICS.getKind()) { | ||||||||
| 5847 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: | ||||||||
| 5848 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: | ||||||||
| 5849 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: | ||||||||
| 5850 | break; | ||||||||
| 5851 | |||||||||
| 5852 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: | ||||||||
| 5853 | dropPointerConversion(ICS.UserDefined.After); | ||||||||
| 5854 | break; | ||||||||
| 5855 | |||||||||
| 5856 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: | ||||||||
| 5857 | dropPointerConversion(ICS.Standard); | ||||||||
| 5858 | break; | ||||||||
| 5859 | } | ||||||||
| 5860 | |||||||||
| 5861 | return ICS; | ||||||||
| 5862 | } | ||||||||
| 5863 | |||||||||
| 5864 | /// PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer - Perform a contextual | ||||||||
| 5865 | /// conversion of the expression From to an Objective-C pointer type. | ||||||||
| 5866 | /// Returns a valid but null ExprResult if no conversion sequence exists. | ||||||||
| 5867 | ExprResult Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From) { | ||||||||
| 5868 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From)) | ||||||||
| 5869 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 5870 | |||||||||
| 5871 | QualType Ty = Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||||||
| 5872 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||||||
| 5873 | TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(*this, From); | ||||||||
| 5874 | if (!ICS.isBad()) | ||||||||
| 5875 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Ty, ICS, AA_Converting); | ||||||||
| 5876 | return ExprResult(); | ||||||||
| 5877 | } | ||||||||
| 5878 | |||||||||
| 5879 | /// Determine whether the provided type is an integral type, or an enumeration | ||||||||
| 5880 | /// type of a permitted flavor. | ||||||||
| 5881 | bool Sema::ICEConvertDiagnoser::match(QualType T) { | ||||||||
| 5882 | return AllowScopedEnumerations ? T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() | ||||||||
| 5883 | : T->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType(); | ||||||||
| 5884 | } | ||||||||
| 5885 | |||||||||
| 5886 | static ExprResult | ||||||||
| 5887 | diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *From, | ||||||||
| 5888 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, | ||||||||
| 5889 |